]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
2bda0e17 | 1 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
faa49bfd WS |
2 | // Name: src/msw/window.cpp |
3 | // Purpose: wxWindowMSW | |
2bda0e17 | 4 | // Author: Julian Smart |
a23fd0e1 | 5 | // Modified by: VZ on 13.05.99: no more Default(), MSWOnXXX() reorganisation |
2bda0e17 KB |
6 | // Created: 04/01/98 |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
6c9a19aa | 8 | // Copyright: (c) Julian Smart |
65571936 | 9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence |
2bda0e17 KB |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
11 | ||
a23fd0e1 VZ |
12 | // =========================================================================== |
13 | // declarations | |
14 | // =========================================================================== | |
15 | ||
16 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
17 | // headers | |
18 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | ||
2bda0e17 KB |
20 | // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". |
21 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
22 | ||
23 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
09914df7 | 24 | #pragma hdrstop |
2bda0e17 KB |
25 | #endif |
26 | ||
e4db172a WS |
27 | #include "wx/window.h" |
28 | ||
2bda0e17 | 29 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP |
9ed0d735 | 30 | #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" |
0c589ad0 | 31 | #include "wx/accel.h" |
3a19e16d VZ |
32 | #include "wx/menu.h" |
33 | #include "wx/dc.h" | |
34 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
8e92ccef | 35 | #include "wx/dcmemory.h" |
3a19e16d VZ |
36 | #include "wx/utils.h" |
37 | #include "wx/app.h" | |
3a19e16d VZ |
38 | #include "wx/layout.h" |
39 | #include "wx/dialog.h" | |
40 | #include "wx/frame.h" | |
41 | #include "wx/listbox.h" | |
42 | #include "wx/button.h" | |
3a19e16d | 43 | #include "wx/msgdlg.h" |
1f3943e0 | 44 | #include "wx/settings.h" |
8d753488 | 45 | #include "wx/statbox.h" |
1e2aa2f8 | 46 | #include "wx/sizer.h" |
88a7a4e1 | 47 | #include "wx/intl.h" |
e4db172a | 48 | #include "wx/log.h" |
fec9cc08 | 49 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" |
25466131 | 50 | #include "wx/menuitem.h" |
02761f6c | 51 | #include "wx/module.h" |
2bda0e17 KB |
52 | #endif |
53 | ||
61fef19b | 54 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
09914df7 | 55 | #include "wx/ownerdrw.h" |
2bda0e17 KB |
56 | #endif |
57 | ||
a3dc1da9 | 58 | #include "wx/evtloop.h" |
355debca | 59 | #include "wx/power.h" |
c6430ed0 | 60 | #include "wx/sysopt.h" |
d79df32c | 61 | |
9e2896e5 VZ |
62 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
63 | #include "wx/dnd.h" | |
2bda0e17 KB |
64 | #endif |
65 | ||
ed5317e5 JS |
66 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY |
67 | #include "wx/access.h" | |
bef8d481 | 68 | #include <ole2.h> |
ed5317e5 JS |
69 | #include <oleacc.h> |
70 | #ifndef WM_GETOBJECT | |
71 | #define WM_GETOBJECT 0x003D | |
72 | #endif | |
73 | #ifndef OBJID_CLIENT | |
74 | #define OBJID_CLIENT 0xFFFFFFFC | |
75 | #endif | |
76 | #endif | |
77 | ||
0c589ad0 BM |
78 | #include "wx/msw/private.h" |
79 | ||
750b78ba | 80 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
42e69d6b | 81 | #include "wx/tooltip.h" |
750b78ba JS |
82 | #endif |
83 | ||
789295bf VZ |
84 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
85 | #include "wx/caret.h" | |
86 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET | |
87 | ||
6fe19057 VZ |
88 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
89 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
90 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
91 | ||
d9317fd4 | 92 | #include "wx/notebook.h" |
5c6c3176 | 93 | #include "wx/listctrl.h" |
2a47d3c1 | 94 | |
2bda0e17 KB |
95 | #include <string.h> |
96 | ||
d61c1a6f | 97 | #if (!defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) /* && !defined(__WXWINCE__) */ ) || defined(__CYGWIN10__) |
3a19e16d VZ |
98 | #include <shellapi.h> |
99 | #include <mmsystem.h> | |
2bda0e17 KB |
100 | #endif |
101 | ||
102 | #ifdef __WIN32__ | |
3a19e16d | 103 | #include <windowsx.h> |
2bda0e17 KB |
104 | #endif |
105 | ||
2bd6022f WS |
106 | // include <commctrl.h> "properly" |
107 | #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" | |
dbc74bcc | 108 | |
dcfd4ac4 | 109 | #if !defined __WXWINCE__ && !defined NEED_PBT_H |
dbc74bcc WS |
110 | #include <pbt.h> |
111 | #endif | |
2bda0e17 | 112 | |
13c4e406 | 113 | #include "wx/msw/missing.h" |
aedcc0dc | 114 | |
7f0586ef | 115 | #if defined(__WXWINCE__) |
4e5c6c33 | 116 | #include "wx/msw/wince/missing.h" |
7d4f65e3 JS |
117 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ |
118 | #include <windows.h> | |
119 | #include <shellapi.h> | |
120 | #include <ole2.h> | |
121 | #include <aygshell.h> | |
122 | #endif | |
7f0586ef JS |
123 | #endif |
124 | ||
4e5c6c33 VZ |
125 | #if defined(TME_LEAVE) && defined(WM_MOUSELEAVE) |
126 | #define HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT | |
127 | #endif // everything needed for TrackMouseEvent() | |
128 | ||
7d86a2d4 VZ |
129 | // if this is set to 1, we use deferred window sizing to reduce flicker when |
130 | // resizing complicated window hierarchies, but this can in theory result in | |
131 | // different behaviour than the old code so we keep the possibility to use it | |
132 | // by setting this to 0 (in the future this should be removed completely) | |
f2197644 JS |
133 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
134 | #define USE_DEFERRED_SIZING 0 | |
135 | #else | |
8e44f3ca | 136 | #define USE_DEFERRED_SIZING 1 |
f2197644 | 137 | #endif |
8e44f3ca | 138 | |
c358ea41 VZ |
139 | // set this to 1 to filter out duplicate mouse events, e.g. mouse move events |
140 | // when mouse position didnd't change | |
141 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
142 | #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 0 | |
143 | #else | |
144 | #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 1 | |
145 | #endif | |
146 | ||
a23fd0e1 | 147 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
42e69d6b | 148 | // global variables |
a23fd0e1 | 149 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
47cbd6da | 150 | |
1e6feb95 | 151 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
2bda0e17 | 152 | wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL; |
1e6feb95 VZ |
153 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
154 | ||
46fa338b RR |
155 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
156 | extern wxChar *wxCanvasClassName; | |
157 | #else | |
2ffa221c | 158 | extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassName; |
46fa338b | 159 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 160 | |
90c1530a VZ |
161 | // true if we had already created the std colour map, used by |
162 | // wxGetStdColourMap() and wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged() (FIXME-MT) | |
08158721 | 163 | static bool gs_hasStdCmap = false; |
90c1530a | 164 | |
c358ea41 VZ |
165 | // last mouse event information we need to filter out the duplicates |
166 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
2b053ae9 | 167 | static struct MouseEventInfoDummy |
c358ea41 VZ |
168 | { |
169 | // mouse position (in screen coordinates) | |
170 | wxPoint pos; | |
171 | ||
172 | // last mouse event type | |
173 | wxEventType type; | |
174 | } gs_lastMouseEvent; | |
175 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
176 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
177 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
178 | // private functions | |
179 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
180 | ||
181 | // the window proc for all our windows | |
3135f4a7 | 182 | LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, |
42e69d6b | 183 | WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); |
577baeef | 184 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
185 | |
186 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ | |
4a712ba3 | 187 | const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message); |
42e69d6b | 188 | #endif //__WXDEBUG__ |
2bda0e17 | 189 | |
1e6feb95 | 190 | void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win); |
cc972ac6 | 191 | extern void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win); |
2bda0e17 KB |
192 | wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd); |
193 | ||
f6bcfd97 | 194 | // get the text metrics for the current font |
1e6feb95 VZ |
195 | static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win); |
196 | ||
42b1fb63 | 197 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 | 198 | // find the window for the mouse event at the specified position |
42b1fb63 VZ |
199 | static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y); |
200 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
dfafa702 | 201 | |
c48926e1 | 202 | // wrapper around BringWindowToTop() API |
44d5b352 | 203 | static inline void wxBringWindowToTop(HWND hwnd) |
c48926e1 VZ |
204 | { |
205 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ | |
206 | // It seems that MicroWindows brings the _parent_ of the window to the top, | |
207 | // which can be the wrong one. | |
208 | ||
209 | // activate (set focus to) specified window | |
210 | ::SetFocus(hwnd); | |
313901f3 | 211 | #endif |
c48926e1 VZ |
212 | |
213 | // raise top level parent to top of z order | |
313901f3 | 214 | if (!::SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE)) |
c48926e1 | 215 | { |
313901f3 | 216 | wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowPos")); |
c48926e1 | 217 | } |
c48926e1 | 218 | } |
f6bcfd97 | 219 | |
e0c5c96f VZ |
220 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
221 | ||
ee471817 VZ |
222 | // ensure that all our parent windows have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style |
223 | static void EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(wxWindow *parent) | |
224 | { | |
225 | /* | |
226 | If we have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT flag we absolutely *must* set it for our | |
227 | parent as well as otherwise several Win32 functions using | |
228 | GetNextDlgTabItem() to iterate over all controls such as | |
229 | IsDialogMessage() or DefDlgProc() would enter an infinite loop: indeed, | |
230 | all of them iterate over all the controls starting from the currently | |
231 | focused one and stop iterating when they get back to the focus but | |
232 | unless all parents have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT bit set, they would never | |
233 | get back to the initial (focused) window: as we do have this style, | |
234 | GetNextDlgTabItem() will leave this window and continue in its parent, | |
235 | but if the parent doesn't have it, it wouldn't recurse inside it later | |
90e572f1 | 236 | on and so wouldn't have a chance of getting back to this window either. |
ee471817 | 237 | */ |
ee471817 VZ |
238 | while ( parent && !parent->IsTopLevel() ) |
239 | { | |
240 | LONG exStyle = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(parent), GWL_EXSTYLE); | |
241 | if ( !(exStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) ) | |
242 | { | |
243 | // force the parent to have this style | |
244 | ::SetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(parent), GWL_EXSTYLE, | |
245 | exStyle | WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT); | |
246 | } | |
247 | ||
248 | parent = parent->GetParent(); | |
249 | } | |
ee471817 VZ |
250 | } |
251 | ||
e0c5c96f VZ |
252 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
253 | ||
f2325516 JS |
254 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
255 | // On Windows CE, GetCursorPos can return an error, so use this function | |
256 | // instead | |
257 | bool GetCursorPosWinCE(POINT* pt) | |
258 | { | |
7d30268c JS |
259 | if (!GetCursorPos(pt)) |
260 | { | |
261 | DWORD pos = GetMessagePos(); | |
262 | pt->x = LOWORD(pos); | |
263 | pt->y = HIWORD(pos); | |
264 | } | |
f2325516 JS |
265 | return true; |
266 | } | |
267 | #endif | |
268 | ||
a23fd0e1 VZ |
269 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
270 | // event tables | |
271 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
272 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
273 | // in wxUniv/MSW this class is abstract because it doesn't have DoPopupMenu() |
274 | // method | |
275 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
276 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase) | |
277 | #else // __WXMSW__ | |
51596bcb | 278 | #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI |
6a89f9ee | 279 | |
f3291a82 SC |
280 | // windows that are created from a parent window during its Create method, eg. spin controls in a calendar controls |
281 | // must never been streamed out separately otherwise chaos occurs. Right now easiest is to test for negative ids, as | |
282 | // windows with negative ids never can be recreated anyway | |
283 | ||
284 | bool wxWindowStreamingCallback( const wxObject *object, wxWriter * , wxPersister * , wxxVariantArray & ) | |
285 | { | |
286 | const wxWindow * win = dynamic_cast<const wxWindow*>(object) ; | |
287 | if ( win && win->GetId() < 0 ) | |
288 | return false ; | |
289 | return true ; | |
290 | } | |
291 | ||
292 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI_CALLBACK(wxWindow, wxWindowBase,"wx/window.h", wxWindowStreamingCallback) | |
51596bcb | 293 | |
6a89f9ee SC |
294 | // make wxWindowList known before the property is used |
295 | ||
321239b6 | 296 | wxCOLLECTION_TYPE_INFO( wxWindow* , wxWindowList ) ; |
6a89f9ee SC |
297 | |
298 | template<> void wxCollectionToVariantArray( wxWindowList const &theList, wxxVariantArray &value) | |
299 | { | |
0c6b0084 | 300 | wxListCollectionToVariantArray<wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator>( theList , value ) ; |
6a89f9ee SC |
301 | } |
302 | ||
bc9fb572 JS |
303 | WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle ) |
304 | ||
321239b6 | 305 | wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle ) |
bc9fb572 JS |
306 | // new style border flags, we put them first to |
307 | // use them for streaming out | |
5c6c3176 | 308 | |
321239b6 SC |
309 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) |
310 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) | |
311 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) | |
312 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) | |
313 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) | |
314 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) | |
35bbb0c6 | 315 | |
bc9fb572 | 316 | // old style border flags |
321239b6 SC |
317 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) |
318 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) | |
319 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) | |
320 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) | |
321 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) | |
cb0afb26 | 322 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) |
bc9fb572 JS |
323 | |
324 | // standard window styles | |
321239b6 SC |
325 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) |
326 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) | |
327 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) | |
328 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) | |
cb0afb26 | 329 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) |
321239b6 SC |
330 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) |
331 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) | |
332 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) | |
333 | ||
334 | wxEND_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle ) | |
335 | ||
336 | wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxWindow) | |
3a3c8603 DS |
337 | wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Close , wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW , wxCloseEvent) |
338 | wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Create , wxEVT_CREATE , wxWindowCreateEvent ) | |
339 | wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Destroy , wxEVT_DESTROY , wxWindowDestroyEvent ) | |
51741307 SC |
340 | // Always constructor Properties first |
341 | ||
af498247 | 342 | wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( Parent,wxWindow*, GetParent, EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) |
fb7e28db | 343 | wxPROPERTY( Id,wxWindowID, SetId, GetId, -1 /*wxID_ANY*/ , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group") ) |
abb74e0f WS |
344 | wxPROPERTY( Position,wxPoint, SetPosition , GetPosition, wxDefaultPosition , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // pos |
345 | wxPROPERTY( Size,wxSize, SetSize, GetSize, wxDefaultSize , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // size | |
af498247 | 346 | wxPROPERTY( WindowStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style |
51741307 SC |
347 | |
348 | // Then all relations of the object graph | |
349 | ||
321239b6 | 350 | wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_COLLECTION( Children , wxWindowList , wxWindowBase* , GetWindowChildren , wxPROP_OBJECT_GRAPH /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) |
51741307 SC |
351 | |
352 | // and finally all other properties | |
353 | ||
3a3c8603 DS |
354 | wxPROPERTY( ExtraStyle , long , SetExtraStyle , GetExtraStyle , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // extstyle |
355 | wxPROPERTY( BackgroundColour , wxColour , SetBackgroundColour , GetBackgroundColour , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // bg | |
356 | wxPROPERTY( ForegroundColour , wxColour , SetForegroundColour , GetForegroundColour , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // fg | |
357 | wxPROPERTY( Enabled , bool , Enable , IsEnabled , wxxVariant((bool)true) , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) | |
358 | wxPROPERTY( Shown , bool , Show , IsShown , wxxVariant((bool)true) , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) | |
51741307 SC |
359 | #if 0 |
360 | // possible property candidates (not in xrc) or not valid in all subclasses | |
8b5d5223 | 361 | wxPROPERTY( Title,wxString, SetTitle, GetTitle, wxEmptyString ) |
3a3c8603 | 362 | wxPROPERTY( Font , wxFont , SetFont , GetWindowFont , ) |
8b5d5223 | 363 | wxPROPERTY( Label,wxString, SetLabel, GetLabel, wxEmptyString ) |
3a3c8603 DS |
364 | // MaxHeight, Width , MinHeight , Width |
365 | // TODO switch label to control and title to toplevels | |
6a89f9ee | 366 | |
3a3c8603 DS |
367 | wxPROPERTY( ThemeEnabled , bool , SetThemeEnabled , GetThemeEnabled , ) |
368 | //wxPROPERTY( Cursor , wxCursor , SetCursor , GetCursor , ) | |
369 | // wxPROPERTY( ToolTip , wxString , SetToolTip , GetToolTipText , ) | |
370 | wxPROPERTY( AutoLayout , bool , SetAutoLayout , GetAutoLayout , ) | |
6a89f9ee SC |
371 | |
372 | ||
373 | ||
51741307 | 374 | #endif |
321239b6 | 375 | wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() |
51596bcb | 376 | |
321239b6 SC |
377 | wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxWindow) |
378 | wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() | |
51596bcb | 379 | |
321239b6 | 380 | wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY(wxWindow) |
6a89f9ee | 381 | |
51596bcb | 382 | #else |
1e6feb95 | 383 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow, wxWindowBase) |
51596bcb | 384 | #endif |
1e6feb95 VZ |
385 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__/__WXMSW__ |
386 | ||
387 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase) | |
1e6feb95 | 388 | EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged) |
8681b094 | 389 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground) |
79099b80 | 390 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1e6feb95 | 391 | EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog) |
79099b80 | 392 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
393 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
394 | ||
a23fd0e1 VZ |
395 | // =========================================================================== |
396 | // implementation | |
397 | // =========================================================================== | |
398 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
399 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
400 | // wxWindow utility functions | |
401 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
402 | ||
2bda0e17 | 403 | // Find an item given the MS Windows id |
1e6feb95 | 404 | wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItem(long id) const |
2bda0e17 | 405 | { |
1e6feb95 | 406 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS |
f7637829 | 407 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCastThis(wxControl); |
f048e32f VZ |
408 | if ( item ) |
409 | { | |
90e572f1 | 410 | // is it us or one of our "internal" children? |
1e6feb95 VZ |
411 | if ( item->GetId() == id |
412 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
413 | || (item->GetSubcontrols().Index(id) != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
414 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
415 | ) | |
f048e32f VZ |
416 | { |
417 | return item; | |
418 | } | |
419 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 420 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
f048e32f | 421 | |
222ed1d6 | 422 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
2d0a075d JS |
423 | while (current) |
424 | { | |
42e69d6b | 425 | wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData(); |
2bda0e17 | 426 | |
42e69d6b | 427 | wxWindow *wnd = childWin->FindItem(id); |
cc2b7472 | 428 | if ( wnd ) |
42e69d6b | 429 | return wnd; |
2bda0e17 | 430 | |
42e69d6b | 431 | current = current->GetNext(); |
2bda0e17 | 432 | } |
42e69d6b | 433 | |
2d0a075d | 434 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
435 | } |
436 | ||
437 | // Find an item given the MS Windows handle | |
1e6feb95 | 438 | wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const |
2bda0e17 | 439 | { |
222ed1d6 | 440 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
2d0a075d | 441 | while (current) |
2bda0e17 | 442 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
443 | wxWindow *parent = current->GetData(); |
444 | ||
2d0a075d | 445 | // Do a recursive search. |
42e69d6b | 446 | wxWindow *wnd = parent->FindItemByHWND(hWnd); |
cc2b7472 | 447 | if ( wnd ) |
42e69d6b | 448 | return wnd; |
2d0a075d | 449 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
450 | if ( !controlOnly |
451 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS | |
452 | || parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)) | |
453 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS | |
454 | ) | |
2d0a075d | 455 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
456 | wxWindow *item = current->GetData(); |
457 | if ( item->GetHWND() == hWnd ) | |
2d0a075d JS |
458 | return item; |
459 | else | |
460 | { | |
461 | if ( item->ContainsHWND(hWnd) ) | |
462 | return item; | |
463 | } | |
464 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
465 | |
466 | current = current->GetNext(); | |
2bda0e17 | 467 | } |
2d0a075d | 468 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
469 | } |
470 | ||
471 | // Default command handler | |
1e6feb95 | 472 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id)) |
2bda0e17 | 473 | { |
08158721 | 474 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
475 | } |
476 | ||
fd3f686c VZ |
477 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
478 | // constructors and such | |
479 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
480 | ||
1e6feb95 | 481 | void wxWindowMSW::Init() |
2bda0e17 | 482 | { |
cc2b7472 | 483 | // MSW specific |
08158721 | 484 | m_isBeingDeleted = false; |
5a403e3f | 485 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; |
08158721 DS |
486 | m_mouseInWindow = false; |
487 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = false; | |
2bda0e17 | 488 | |
d7cbabe0 | 489 | m_childrenDisabled = NULL; |
a1037371 | 490 | m_frozenness = 0; |
d7cbabe0 | 491 | |
319fefa9 | 492 | m_hWnd = 0; |
220f77b0 | 493 | m_hDWP = 0; |
319fefa9 | 494 | |
2d0a075d JS |
495 | m_xThumbSize = 0; |
496 | m_yThumbSize = 0; | |
2bda0e17 | 497 | |
67644c1d RD |
498 | m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition; |
499 | m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize; | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
500 | |
501 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ | |
502 | m_contextMenuEnabled = false; | |
503 | #endif | |
fd3f686c VZ |
504 | } |
505 | ||
2bda0e17 | 506 | // Destructor |
1e6feb95 | 507 | wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW() |
2bda0e17 | 508 | { |
08158721 | 509 | m_isBeingDeleted = true; |
2bda0e17 | 510 | |
2e9f62da | 511 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
4a41c655 | 512 | // VS: make sure there's no wxFrame with last focus set to us: |
2e9f62da | 513 | for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() ) |
4a41c655 | 514 | { |
085ad686 | 515 | wxTopLevelWindow *frame = wxDynamicCast(win, wxTopLevelWindow); |
4a41c655 VS |
516 | if ( frame ) |
517 | { | |
c5053639 | 518 | if ( frame->GetLastFocus() == this ) |
2e9f62da | 519 | { |
085ad686 | 520 | frame->SetLastFocus(NULL); |
2e9f62da | 521 | } |
4552892f VZ |
522 | |
523 | // apparently sometimes we can end up with our grand parent | |
524 | // pointing to us as well: this is surely a bug in focus handling | |
525 | // code but it's not clear where it happens so for now just try to | |
526 | // fix it here by not breaking out of the loop | |
527 | //break; | |
4a41c655 VS |
528 | } |
529 | } | |
2e9f62da | 530 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2bda0e17 | 531 | |
cc0c7cd8 | 532 | // VS: destroy children first and _then_ detach *this from its parent. |
90e572f1 | 533 | // If we did it the other way around, children wouldn't be able |
cc0c7cd8 VS |
534 | // find their parent frame (see above). |
535 | DestroyChildren(); | |
536 | ||
cc2b7472 | 537 | if ( m_hWnd ) |
42e69d6b | 538 | { |
98440bc3 VZ |
539 | // VZ: test temp removed to understand what really happens here |
540 | //if (::IsWindow(GetHwnd())) | |
df61c009 JS |
541 | { |
542 | if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
f6bcfd97 | 543 | wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow")); |
df61c009 | 544 | } |
2bda0e17 | 545 | |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
546 | // remove hWnd <-> wxWindow association |
547 | wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this); | |
548 | } | |
d7cbabe0 VZ |
549 | |
550 | delete m_childrenDisabled; | |
da78f3b1 | 551 | |
2bda0e17 KB |
552 | } |
553 | ||
fd3f686c | 554 | // real construction (Init() must have been called before!) |
1e6feb95 VZ |
555 | bool wxWindowMSW::Create(wxWindow *parent, |
556 | wxWindowID id, | |
557 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
558 | const wxSize& size, | |
559 | long style, | |
560 | const wxString& name) | |
2d0a075d | 561 | { |
08158721 | 562 | wxCHECK_MSG( parent, false, wxT("can't create wxWindow without parent") ); |
2bda0e17 | 563 | |
8d99be5f | 564 | if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) ) |
08158721 | 565 | return false; |
42e69d6b | 566 | |
fd3f686c | 567 | parent->AddChild(this); |
2bda0e17 | 568 | |
b2d5a7ee | 569 | WXDWORD exstyle; |
e49d97e6 | 570 | DWORD msflags = MSWGetCreateWindowFlags(&exstyle); |
1e6feb95 VZ |
571 | |
572 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
d1fe917b | 573 | // no borders, we draw them ourselves |
76c79ff4 VZ |
574 | exstyle &= ~(WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME | |
575 | WS_EX_STATICEDGE | | |
576 | WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE | | |
577 | WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE); | |
d1fe917b | 578 | msflags &= ~WS_BORDER; |
b2d5a7ee | 579 | #endif // wxUniversal |
1e6feb95 | 580 | |
ff792344 | 581 | if ( IsShown() ) |
e49d97e6 VZ |
582 | { |
583 | msflags |= WS_VISIBLE; | |
584 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 585 | |
45956e37 VZ |
586 | if ( !MSWCreate(wxCanvasClassName, NULL, pos, size, msflags, exstyle) ) |
587 | return false; | |
588 | ||
589 | InheritAttributes(); | |
590 | ||
591 | return true; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
592 | } |
593 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
594 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
595 | // basic operations | |
596 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
597 | ||
1e6feb95 | 598 | void wxWindowMSW::SetFocus() |
2bda0e17 | 599 | { |
a23fd0e1 | 600 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1e6feb95 VZ |
601 | wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("can't set focus to invalid window") ); |
602 | ||
7f0586ef | 603 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 | 604 | ::SetLastError(0); |
8cb172b4 | 605 | #endif |
d0a3d109 | 606 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
607 | if ( !::SetFocus(hWnd) ) |
608 | { | |
5262eb0a | 609 | #if defined(__WXDEBUG__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) |
1e6feb95 VZ |
610 | // was there really an error? |
611 | DWORD dwRes = ::GetLastError(); | |
612 | if ( dwRes ) | |
613 | { | |
5262eb0a VZ |
614 | HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus(); |
615 | if ( hwndFocus != hWnd ) | |
616 | { | |
617 | wxLogApiError(_T("SetFocus"), dwRes); | |
618 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 619 | } |
5262eb0a | 620 | #endif // Debug |
1e6feb95 | 621 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
622 | } |
623 | ||
ddf9d04f VZ |
624 | void wxWindowMSW::SetFocusFromKbd() |
625 | { | |
ddf9d04f VZ |
626 | // when the focus is given to the control with DLGC_HASSETSEL style from |
627 | // keyboard its contents should be entirely selected: this is what | |
628 | // ::IsDialogMessage() does and so we should do it as well to provide the | |
629 | // same LNF as the native programs | |
630 | if ( ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_HASSETSEL ) | |
631 | { | |
632 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), EM_SETSEL, 0, -1); | |
633 | } | |
1b1ca07a VZ |
634 | |
635 | // do this after (maybe) setting the selection as like this when | |
636 | // wxEVT_SET_FOCUS handler is called, the selection would have been already | |
637 | // set correctly -- this may be important | |
638 | wxWindowBase::SetFocusFromKbd(); | |
ddf9d04f VZ |
639 | } |
640 | ||
42e69d6b | 641 | // Get the window with the focus |
0fe02759 | 642 | wxWindow *wxWindowBase::DoFindFocus() |
42e69d6b VZ |
643 | { |
644 | HWND hWnd = ::GetFocus(); | |
645 | if ( hWnd ) | |
646 | { | |
a2242341 | 647 | return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
42e69d6b VZ |
648 | } |
649 | ||
650 | return NULL; | |
651 | } | |
652 | ||
1e6feb95 | 653 | bool wxWindowMSW::Enable(bool enable) |
2bda0e17 | 654 | { |
cc2b7472 | 655 | if ( !wxWindowBase::Enable(enable) ) |
08158721 | 656 | return false; |
cc2b7472 | 657 | |
a23fd0e1 | 658 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
cc2b7472 | 659 | if ( hWnd ) |
2d0a075d | 660 | ::EnableWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)enable); |
cc2b7472 | 661 | |
83a16cfa VZ |
662 | // the logic below doesn't apply to the top level windows -- otherwise |
663 | // showing a modal dialog would result in total greying out (and ungreying | |
664 | // out later) of everything which would be really ugly | |
665 | if ( IsTopLevel() ) | |
08158721 | 666 | return true; |
83a16cfa | 667 | |
d7cbabe0 VZ |
668 | // when the parent is disabled, all of its children should be disabled as |
669 | // well but when it is enabled back, only those of the children which | |
670 | // hadn't been already disabled in the beginning should be enabled again, | |
671 | // so we have to keep the list of those children | |
222ed1d6 | 672 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
fa3d9b4e VZ |
673 | node; |
674 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
87a1e308 VZ |
675 | { |
676 | wxWindow *child = node->GetData(); | |
fa3d9b4e VZ |
677 | if ( child->IsTopLevel() ) |
678 | { | |
679 | // the logic below doesn't apply to top level children | |
680 | continue; | |
681 | } | |
d7cbabe0 VZ |
682 | |
683 | if ( enable ) | |
684 | { | |
90e572f1 | 685 | // re-enable the child unless it had been disabled before us |
d7cbabe0 VZ |
686 | if ( !m_childrenDisabled || !m_childrenDisabled->Find(child) ) |
687 | child->Enable(); | |
688 | } | |
689 | else // we're being disabled | |
690 | { | |
691 | if ( child->IsEnabled() ) | |
692 | { | |
693 | // disable it as children shouldn't stay enabled while the | |
694 | // parent is not | |
695 | child->Disable(); | |
696 | } | |
697 | else // child already disabled, remember it | |
698 | { | |
699 | // have we created the list of disabled children already? | |
700 | if ( !m_childrenDisabled ) | |
701 | m_childrenDisabled = new wxWindowList; | |
702 | ||
703 | m_childrenDisabled->Append(child); | |
704 | } | |
705 | } | |
87a1e308 | 706 | } |
d7cbabe0 VZ |
707 | |
708 | if ( enable && m_childrenDisabled ) | |
709 | { | |
710 | // we don't need this list any more, don't keep unused memory | |
711 | delete m_childrenDisabled; | |
712 | m_childrenDisabled = NULL; | |
713 | } | |
87a1e308 | 714 | |
08158721 | 715 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
716 | } |
717 | ||
1e6feb95 | 718 | bool wxWindowMSW::Show(bool show) |
42e69d6b VZ |
719 | { |
720 | if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) ) | |
08158721 | 721 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
722 | |
723 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
42e69d6b | 724 | |
a068160f VZ |
725 | // we could be called before the underlying window is created (this is |
726 | // actually useful to prevent it from being initially shown), e.g. | |
727 | // | |
728 | // wxFoo *foo = new wxFoo; | |
729 | // foo->Hide(); | |
730 | // foo->Create(parent, ...); | |
731 | // | |
732 | // should work without errors | |
733 | if ( hWnd ) | |
42e69d6b | 734 | { |
a068160f | 735 | ::ShowWindow(hWnd, show ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE); |
42e69d6b VZ |
736 | } |
737 | ||
08158721 | 738 | return true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
739 | } |
740 | ||
741 | // Raise the window to the top of the Z order | |
1e6feb95 | 742 | void wxWindowMSW::Raise() |
42e69d6b | 743 | { |
c48926e1 | 744 | wxBringWindowToTop(GetHwnd()); |
42e69d6b VZ |
745 | } |
746 | ||
747 | // Lower the window to the bottom of the Z order | |
1e6feb95 | 748 | void wxWindowMSW::Lower() |
42e69d6b VZ |
749 | { |
750 | ::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
751 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); | |
752 | } | |
753 | ||
94633ad9 | 754 | void wxWindowMSW::DoCaptureMouse() |
2bda0e17 | 755 | { |
a23fd0e1 | 756 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1e6feb95 | 757 | if ( hWnd ) |
2d0a075d | 758 | { |
1e6feb95 | 759 | ::SetCapture(hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 760 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
761 | } |
762 | ||
94633ad9 | 763 | void wxWindowMSW::DoReleaseMouse() |
2bda0e17 | 764 | { |
1e6feb95 | 765 | if ( !::ReleaseCapture() ) |
2d0a075d | 766 | { |
1e6feb95 | 767 | wxLogLastError(_T("ReleaseCapture")); |
2d0a075d | 768 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
769 | } |
770 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
771 | /* static */ wxWindow *wxWindowBase::GetCapture() |
772 | { | |
773 | HWND hwnd = ::GetCapture(); | |
774 | return hwnd ? wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd) : (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
775 | } | |
776 | ||
777 | bool wxWindowMSW::SetFont(const wxFont& font) | |
2bda0e17 | 778 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
779 | if ( !wxWindowBase::SetFont(font) ) |
780 | { | |
781 | // nothing to do | |
08158721 | 782 | return false; |
2d0a075d | 783 | } |
195896c7 | 784 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
785 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
786 | if ( hWnd != 0 ) | |
787 | { | |
788 | WXHANDLE hFont = m_font.GetResourceHandle(); | |
2bda0e17 | 789 | |
223d09f6 | 790 | wxASSERT_MSG( hFont, wxT("should have valid font") ); |
3a19e16d | 791 | |
c50f1fb9 | 792 | ::SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)hFont, MAKELPARAM(TRUE, 0)); |
42e69d6b | 793 | } |
2bda0e17 | 794 | |
08158721 | 795 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 796 | } |
1e6feb95 | 797 | bool wxWindowMSW::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor) |
2bda0e17 | 798 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
799 | if ( !wxWindowBase::SetCursor(cursor) ) |
800 | { | |
801 | // no change | |
08158721 | 802 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
803 | } |
804 | ||
8e75dca8 VZ |
805 | // don't "overwrite" busy cursor |
806 | if ( m_cursor.Ok() && !wxIsBusy() ) | |
8a9c2246 | 807 | { |
8e75dca8 | 808 | ::SetCursor(GetHcursorOf(m_cursor)); |
8a9c2246 | 809 | } |
3a19e16d | 810 | |
08158721 | 811 | return true; |
3a19e16d VZ |
812 | } |
813 | ||
d7e0024b | 814 | void wxWindowMSW::WarpPointer(int x, int y) |
2bda0e17 | 815 | { |
1e6feb95 | 816 | ClientToScreen(&x, &y); |
42e69d6b | 817 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
818 | if ( !::SetCursorPos(x, y) ) |
819 | { | |
820 | wxLogLastError(_T("SetCursorPos")); | |
821 | } | |
2bda0e17 KB |
822 | } |
823 | ||
1ca78aa1 | 824 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateUIState(int action, int state) |
d7e0024b | 825 | { |
1ca78aa1 | 826 | // WM_CHANGEUISTATE only appeared in Windows 2000 so it can do us no good |
d7e0024b VZ |
827 | // to use it on older systems -- and could possibly do some harm |
828 | static int s_needToUpdate = -1; | |
829 | if ( s_needToUpdate == -1 ) | |
830 | { | |
831 | int verMaj, verMin; | |
406d283a | 832 | s_needToUpdate = wxGetOsVersion(&verMaj, &verMin) == wxOS_WINDOWS_NT && |
d7e0024b VZ |
833 | verMaj >= 5; |
834 | } | |
835 | ||
836 | if ( s_needToUpdate ) | |
837 | { | |
1ca78aa1 JS |
838 | // we send WM_CHANGEUISTATE so if nothing needs changing then the system |
839 | // won't send WM_UPDATEUISTATE | |
840 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_CHANGEUISTATE, MAKEWPARAM(action, state), 0); | |
d7e0024b VZ |
841 | } |
842 | } | |
843 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
844 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
845 | // scrolling stuff | |
846 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2d0a075d | 847 | |
9cd6d737 VZ |
848 | inline int GetScrollPosition(HWND hWnd, int wOrient) |
849 | { | |
850 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ | |
851 | return ::GetScrollPosWX(hWnd, wOrient); | |
852 | #else | |
f676b387 | 853 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
4676948b | 854 | scrollInfo.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO); |
7f0586ef | 855 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_POS; |
e795e8b5 | 856 | ::GetScrollInfo(hWnd, wOrient, &scrollInfo ); |
a71d815b | 857 | |
7f0586ef | 858 | return scrollInfo.nPos; |
e795e8b5 | 859 | |
9cd6d737 VZ |
860 | #endif |
861 | } | |
862 | ||
1e6feb95 | 863 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollPos(int orient) const |
2bda0e17 | 864 | { |
42e69d6b | 865 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
9cd6d737 VZ |
866 | wxCHECK_MSG( hWnd, 0, _T("no HWND in GetScrollPos") ); |
867 | ||
0cf5de11 | 868 | return GetScrollPosition(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT); |
42e69d6b | 869 | } |
2bda0e17 | 870 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
871 | // This now returns the whole range, not just the number |
872 | // of positions that we can scroll. | |
1e6feb95 | 873 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollRange(int orient) const |
42e69d6b | 874 | { |
7f0586ef | 875 | int maxPos; |
a23fd0e1 | 876 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
0cf5de11 | 877 | if ( !hWnd ) |
42e69d6b | 878 | return 0; |
7f0586ef | 879 | #if 0 |
0cf5de11 VZ |
880 | ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT, |
881 | &minPos, &maxPos); | |
7f0586ef | 882 | #endif |
f676b387 | 883 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
7f0586ef JS |
884 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_RANGE; |
885 | if ( !::GetScrollInfo(hWnd, | |
f676b387 RD |
886 | orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT, |
887 | &scrollInfo) ) | |
7f0586ef | 888 | { |
f676b387 RD |
889 | // Most of the time this is not really an error, since the return |
890 | // value can also be zero when there is no scrollbar yet. | |
891 | // wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo")); | |
7f0586ef JS |
892 | } |
893 | maxPos = scrollInfo.nMax; | |
0cf5de11 VZ |
894 | |
895 | // undo "range - 1" done in SetScrollbar() | |
896 | return maxPos + 1; | |
cc2b7472 | 897 | } |
2bda0e17 | 898 | |
1e6feb95 | 899 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollThumb(int orient) const |
2bda0e17 | 900 | { |
0cf5de11 | 901 | return orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? m_xThumbSize : m_yThumbSize; |
2bda0e17 KB |
902 | } |
903 | ||
1e6feb95 | 904 | void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh) |
2bda0e17 | 905 | { |
5f3286d1 VZ |
906 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
907 | wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("SetScrollPos: no HWND") ); | |
72fd19a1 | 908 | |
0cf5de11 | 909 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info; |
42e69d6b VZ |
910 | info.nPage = 0; |
911 | info.nMin = 0; | |
912 | info.nPos = pos; | |
913 | info.fMask = SIF_POS; | |
a647d42a VZ |
914 | if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) ) |
915 | { | |
916 | // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then | |
917 | info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL; | |
918 | } | |
2d0a075d | 919 | |
0cf5de11 VZ |
920 | ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT, |
921 | &info, refresh); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
922 | } |
923 | ||
42e69d6b | 924 | // New function that will replace some of the above. |
0cf5de11 VZ |
925 | void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollbar(int orient, |
926 | int pos, | |
927 | int pageSize, | |
928 | int range, | |
929 | bool refresh) | |
930 | { | |
931 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info; | |
932 | info.nPage = pageSize; | |
933 | info.nMin = 0; // range is nMax - nMin + 1 | |
934 | info.nMax = range - 1; // as both nMax and nMax are inclusive | |
42e69d6b VZ |
935 | info.nPos = pos; |
936 | info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS; | |
a647d42a VZ |
937 | if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) ) |
938 | { | |
939 | // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then | |
940 | info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL; | |
941 | } | |
2bda0e17 | 942 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
943 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
944 | if ( hWnd ) | |
81d66cf3 | 945 | { |
55a667b6 JS |
946 | // We have to set the variables here to make them valid in events |
947 | // triggered by ::SetScrollInfo() | |
948 | *(orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? &m_xThumbSize : &m_yThumbSize) = pageSize; | |
521bf4ff | 949 | |
0cf5de11 VZ |
950 | ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT, |
951 | &info, refresh); | |
81d66cf3 JS |
952 | } |
953 | } | |
954 | ||
1e6feb95 | 955 | void wxWindowMSW::ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *prect) |
2bda0e17 | 956 | { |
574c939e KB |
957 | RECT rect; |
958 | RECT *pr; | |
1e6feb95 | 959 | if ( prect ) |
2d0a075d | 960 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
961 | rect.left = prect->x; |
962 | rect.top = prect->y; | |
963 | rect.right = prect->x + prect->width; | |
964 | rect.bottom = prect->y + prect->height; | |
f797e53d VZ |
965 | pr = ▭ |
966 | } | |
967 | else | |
968 | { | |
969 | pr = NULL; | |
304b8bc1 | 970 | |
2d0a075d | 971 | } |
2bda0e17 | 972 | |
7f0586ef JS |
973 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
974 | // FIXME: is this the exact equivalent of the line below? | |
304b8bc1 | 975 | ::ScrollWindowEx(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr, 0, 0, SW_SCROLLCHILDREN|SW_ERASE|SW_INVALIDATE); |
7f0586ef | 976 | #else |
f797e53d | 977 | ::ScrollWindow(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr); |
7f0586ef | 978 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
979 | } |
980 | ||
9cd6d737 | 981 | static bool ScrollVertically(HWND hwnd, int kind, int count) |
b9b3393e | 982 | { |
9cd6d737 VZ |
983 | int posStart = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT); |
984 | ||
985 | int pos = posStart; | |
c0cdd6cc VZ |
986 | for ( int n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
987 | { | |
988 | ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_VSCROLL, kind, 0); | |
9cd6d737 VZ |
989 | |
990 | int posNew = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT); | |
991 | if ( posNew == pos ) | |
992 | { | |
993 | // don't bother to continue, we're already at top/bottom | |
994 | break; | |
995 | } | |
996 | ||
997 | pos = posNew; | |
c0cdd6cc | 998 | } |
9cd6d737 VZ |
999 | |
1000 | return pos != posStart; | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1001 | } |
1002 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1003 | bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollLines(int lines) |
b9b3393e VZ |
1004 | { |
1005 | bool down = lines > 0; | |
1006 | ||
9cd6d737 VZ |
1007 | return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(), |
1008 | down ? SB_LINEDOWN : SB_LINEUP, | |
1009 | down ? lines : -lines); | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1010 | } |
1011 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1012 | bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollPages(int pages) |
b9b3393e VZ |
1013 | { |
1014 | bool down = pages > 0; | |
1015 | ||
9cd6d737 VZ |
1016 | return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(), |
1017 | down ? SB_PAGEDOWN : SB_PAGEUP, | |
1018 | down ? pages : -pages); | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1019 | } |
1020 | ||
978af864 VZ |
1021 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1022 | // RTL support | |
1023 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1024 | ||
1025 | void wxWindowMSW::SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir) | |
1026 | { | |
08a58133 WS |
1027 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1028 | wxUnusedVar(dir); | |
1029 | #else | |
978af864 VZ |
1030 | const HWND hwnd = GetHwnd(); |
1031 | wxCHECK_RET( hwnd, _T("layout direction must be set after window creation") ); | |
1032 | ||
1033 | LONG styleOld = ::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE); | |
1034 | ||
1035 | LONG styleNew = styleOld; | |
1036 | switch ( dir ) | |
1037 | { | |
1038 | case wxLayout_LeftToRight: | |
1039 | styleNew &= ~WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL; | |
1040 | break; | |
1041 | ||
1042 | case wxLayout_RightToLeft: | |
1043 | styleNew |= WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL; | |
1044 | break; | |
1045 | ||
1046 | default: | |
1047 | wxFAIL_MSG(_T("unsupported layout direction")); | |
1048 | break; | |
1049 | } | |
1050 | ||
1051 | if ( styleNew != styleOld ) | |
1052 | { | |
1053 | ::SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, styleNew); | |
1054 | } | |
08a58133 | 1055 | #endif |
978af864 VZ |
1056 | } |
1057 | ||
1058 | wxLayoutDirection wxWindowMSW::GetLayoutDirection() const | |
1059 | { | |
08a58133 WS |
1060 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1061 | return wxLayout_Default; | |
1062 | #else | |
978af864 VZ |
1063 | const HWND hwnd = GetHwnd(); |
1064 | wxCHECK_MSG( hwnd, wxLayout_Default, _T("invalid window") ); | |
1065 | ||
1066 | return ::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL | |
1067 | ? wxLayout_RightToLeft | |
1068 | : wxLayout_LeftToRight; | |
08a58133 | 1069 | #endif |
978af864 VZ |
1070 | } |
1071 | ||
1072 | wxCoord | |
1073 | wxWindowMSW::AdjustForLayoutDirection(wxCoord x, | |
1074 | wxCoord WXUNUSED(width), | |
1075 | wxCoord WXUNUSED(widthTotal)) const | |
1076 | { | |
1077 | // Win32 mirrors the coordinates of RTL windows automatically, so don't | |
1078 | // redo it ourselves | |
1079 | return x; | |
1080 | } | |
1081 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
1082 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1083 | // subclassing | |
1084 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1085 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1086 | void wxWindowMSW::SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd) |
2bda0e17 | 1087 | { |
223d09f6 | 1088 | wxASSERT_MSG( !m_oldWndProc, wxT("subclassing window twice?") ); |
2bda0e17 | 1089 | |
c50f1fb9 | 1090 | HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd; |
223d09f6 | 1091 | wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in SubclassWin") ); |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
1092 | |
1093 | wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hwnd, this); | |
2bda0e17 | 1094 | |
975b6bcf | 1095 | m_oldWndProc = (WXFARPROC)wxGetWindowProc((HWND)hWnd); |
b2d5a7ee | 1096 | |
b225f659 VZ |
1097 | // we don't need to subclass the window of our own class (in the Windows |
1098 | // sense of the word) | |
3a3c8603 | 1099 | if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc(hWnd, (WXFARPROC)wxWndProc) ) |
b225f659 | 1100 | { |
975b6bcf | 1101 | wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, wxWndProc); |
b225f659 VZ |
1102 | } |
1103 | else | |
1104 | { | |
90e572f1 | 1105 | // don't bother restoring it either: this also makes it easy to |
08158721 | 1106 | // implement IsOfStandardClass() method which returns true for the |
77ffb593 | 1107 | // standard controls and false for the wxWidgets own windows as it can |
5a403e3f | 1108 | // simply check m_oldWndProc |
b225f659 VZ |
1109 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; |
1110 | } | |
e7c652bc VZ |
1111 | |
1112 | // we're officially created now, send the event | |
1113 | wxWindowCreateEvent event((wxWindow *)this); | |
1114 | (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
1115 | } |
1116 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1117 | void wxWindowMSW::UnsubclassWin() |
2bda0e17 | 1118 | { |
42e69d6b | 1119 | wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this); |
2bda0e17 | 1120 | |
42e69d6b | 1121 | // Restore old Window proc |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
1122 | HWND hwnd = GetHwnd(); |
1123 | if ( hwnd ) | |
42e69d6b | 1124 | { |
ed4780ea | 1125 | SetHWND(0); |
c50f1fb9 | 1126 | |
223d09f6 | 1127 | wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in UnsubclassWin") ); |
c50f1fb9 | 1128 | |
b225f659 | 1129 | if ( m_oldWndProc ) |
42e69d6b | 1130 | { |
eb5e4d9a | 1131 | if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc((WXHWND)hwnd, m_oldWndProc) ) |
b225f659 | 1132 | { |
975b6bcf | 1133 | wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, (WNDPROC)m_oldWndProc); |
b225f659 VZ |
1134 | } |
1135 | ||
1136 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; | |
42e69d6b | 1137 | } |
42e69d6b | 1138 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
1139 | } |
1140 | ||
a4d1972d | 1141 | void wxWindowMSW::AssociateHandle(WXWidget handle) |
ed4780ea VZ |
1142 | { |
1143 | if ( m_hWnd ) | |
1144 | { | |
1145 | if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
1146 | wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow")); | |
1147 | } | |
a4d1972d | 1148 | |
ed4780ea VZ |
1149 | WXHWND wxhwnd = (WXHWND)handle; |
1150 | ||
1151 | SetHWND(wxhwnd); | |
1152 | SubclassWin(wxhwnd); | |
1153 | } | |
1154 | ||
1155 | void wxWindowMSW::DissociateHandle() | |
a4d1972d | 1156 | { |
ed4780ea | 1157 | // this also calls SetHWND(0) for us |
a4d1972d | 1158 | UnsubclassWin(); |
ed4780ea VZ |
1159 | } |
1160 | ||
1161 | ||
0c0d1521 | 1162 | bool wxCheckWindowWndProc(WXHWND hWnd, |
11f104e5 | 1163 | WXFARPROC WXUNUSED(wndProc)) |
eb5e4d9a | 1164 | { |
f57f984c RD |
1165 | // TODO: This list of window class names should be factored out so they can be |
1166 | // managed in one place and then accessed from here and other places, such as | |
1167 | // wxApp::RegisterWindowClasses() and wxApp::UnregisterWindowClasses() | |
521bf4ff WS |
1168 | |
1169 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
3a3c8603 DS |
1170 | extern wxChar *wxCanvasClassName; |
1171 | extern wxChar *wxCanvasClassNameNR; | |
f57f984c RD |
1172 | #else |
1173 | extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassName; | |
1174 | extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassNameNR; | |
1175 | #endif | |
3a3c8603 DS |
1176 | extern const wxChar *wxMDIFrameClassName; |
1177 | extern const wxChar *wxMDIFrameClassNameNoRedraw; | |
1178 | extern const wxChar *wxMDIChildFrameClassName; | |
1179 | extern const wxChar *wxMDIChildFrameClassNameNoRedraw; | |
1180 | wxString str(wxGetWindowClass(hWnd)); | |
1181 | if (str == wxCanvasClassName || | |
1182 | str == wxCanvasClassNameNR || | |
26c2a266 JG |
1183 | #if wxUSE_GLCANVAS |
1184 | str == _T("wxGLCanvasClass") || | |
1185 | str == _T("wxGLCanvasClassNR") || | |
1186 | #endif // wxUSE_GLCANVAS | |
3a3c8603 DS |
1187 | str == wxMDIFrameClassName || |
1188 | str == wxMDIFrameClassNameNoRedraw || | |
1189 | str == wxMDIChildFrameClassName || | |
1190 | str == wxMDIChildFrameClassNameNoRedraw || | |
1191 | str == _T("wxTLWHiddenParent")) | |
1192 | return true; // Effectively means don't subclass | |
f57f984c | 1193 | else |
08158721 | 1194 | return false; |
eb5e4d9a VS |
1195 | } |
1196 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1197 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1198 | // Style handling | |
1199 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1200 | ||
1201 | void wxWindowMSW::SetWindowStyleFlag(long flags) | |
1202 | { | |
1203 | long flagsOld = GetWindowStyleFlag(); | |
1204 | if ( flags == flagsOld ) | |
1205 | return; | |
1206 | ||
1207 | // update the internal variable | |
1208 | wxWindowBase::SetWindowStyleFlag(flags); | |
1209 | ||
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1210 | // and the real window flags |
1211 | MSWUpdateStyle(flagsOld, GetExtraStyle()); | |
1212 | } | |
1213 | ||
1214 | void wxWindowMSW::SetExtraStyle(long exflags) | |
1215 | { | |
1216 | long exflagsOld = GetExtraStyle(); | |
1217 | if ( exflags == exflagsOld ) | |
1218 | return; | |
1219 | ||
1220 | // update the internal variable | |
1221 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflags); | |
1222 | ||
1223 | // and the real window flags | |
1224 | MSWUpdateStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), exflagsOld); | |
1225 | } | |
1226 | ||
1227 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateStyle(long flagsOld, long exflagsOld) | |
1228 | { | |
5b2f31eb VZ |
1229 | // now update the Windows style as well if needed - and if the window had |
1230 | // been already created | |
1231 | if ( !GetHwnd() ) | |
1232 | return; | |
1233 | ||
9ce75461 VZ |
1234 | // we may need to call SetWindowPos() when we change some styles |
1235 | bool callSWP = false; | |
1236 | ||
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1237 | WXDWORD exstyle; |
1238 | long style = MSWGetStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), &exstyle); | |
1239 | ||
1240 | // this is quite a horrible hack but we need it because MSWGetStyle() | |
1241 | // doesn't take exflags as parameter but uses GetExtraStyle() internally | |
1242 | // and so we have to modify the window exflags temporarily to get the | |
1243 | // correct exstyleOld | |
1244 | long exflagsNew = GetExtraStyle(); | |
1245 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsOld); | |
1246 | ||
1247 | WXDWORD exstyleOld; | |
1248 | long styleOld = MSWGetStyle(flagsOld, &exstyleOld); | |
1249 | ||
1250 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsNew); | |
1251 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1252 | |
1253 | if ( style != styleOld ) | |
1254 | { | |
1255 | // some flags (e.g. WS_VISIBLE or WS_DISABLED) should not be changed by | |
1256 | // this function so instead of simply setting the style to the new | |
1257 | // value we clear the bits which were set in styleOld but are set in | |
1258 | // the new one and set the ones which were not set before | |
1259 | long styleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE); | |
1260 | styleReal &= ~styleOld; | |
1261 | styleReal |= style; | |
1262 | ||
1263 | ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE, styleReal); | |
9ce75461 | 1264 | |
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1265 | // we need to call SetWindowPos() if any of the styles affecting the |
1266 | // frame appearance have changed | |
9ce75461 VZ |
1267 | callSWP = ((styleOld ^ style ) & (WS_BORDER | |
1268 | WS_THICKFRAME | | |
1269 | WS_CAPTION | | |
1270 | WS_DLGFRAME | | |
1271 | WS_MAXIMIZEBOX | | |
1272 | WS_MINIMIZEBOX | | |
1273 | WS_SYSMENU) ) != 0; | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1274 | } |
1275 | ||
1276 | // and the extended style | |
9ce75461 VZ |
1277 | long exstyleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE); |
1278 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1279 | if ( exstyle != exstyleOld ) |
1280 | { | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1281 | exstyleReal &= ~exstyleOld; |
1282 | exstyleReal |= exstyle; | |
1283 | ||
1284 | ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE, exstyleReal); | |
1285 | ||
9ce75461 VZ |
1286 | // ex style changes don't take effect without calling SetWindowPos |
1287 | callSWP = true; | |
1288 | } | |
1289 | ||
1290 | if ( callSWP ) | |
1291 | { | |
85d8df29 | 1292 | // we must call SetWindowPos() to flush the cached extended style and |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1293 | // also to make the change to wxSTAY_ON_TOP style take effect: just |
1294 | // setting the style simply doesn't work | |
1295 | if ( !::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), | |
1296 | exstyleReal & WS_EX_TOPMOST ? HWND_TOPMOST | |
1297 | : HWND_NOTOPMOST, | |
1298 | 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
9ce75461 | 1299 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_FRAMECHANGED) ) |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1300 | { |
1301 | wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowPos")); | |
1302 | } | |
1303 | } | |
1304 | } | |
1305 | ||
1306 | WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const | |
1307 | { | |
77ffb593 | 1308 | // translate common wxWidgets styles to Windows ones |
af495479 VZ |
1309 | |
1310 | // most of windows are child ones, those which are not (such as | |
1311 | // wxTopLevelWindow) should remove WS_CHILD in their MSWGetStyle() | |
1312 | WXDWORD style = WS_CHILD; | |
b2d5a7ee | 1313 | |
9b6ae450 VZ |
1314 | // using this flag results in very significant reduction in flicker, |
1315 | // especially with controls inside the static boxes (as the interior of the | |
90e572f1 | 1316 | // box is not redrawn twice), but sometimes results in redraw problems, so |
c7e1d004 VZ |
1317 | // optionally allow the old code to continue to use it provided a special |
1318 | // system option is turned on | |
1319 | if ( !wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(wxT("msw.window.no-clip-children")) | |
1320 | || (flags & wxCLIP_CHILDREN) ) | |
c6430ed0 | 1321 | style |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN; |
9b6ae450 VZ |
1322 | |
1323 | // it doesn't seem useful to use WS_CLIPSIBLINGS here as we officially | |
1324 | // don't support overlapping windows and it only makes sense for them and, | |
1325 | // presumably, gives the system some extra work (to manage more clipping | |
1326 | // regions), so avoid it alltogether | |
b2d5a7ee | 1327 | |
b2d5a7ee | 1328 | |
f9007c32 JS |
1329 | if ( flags & wxVSCROLL ) |
1330 | style |= WS_VSCROLL; | |
1331 | ||
1332 | if ( flags & wxHSCROLL ) | |
1333 | style |= WS_HSCROLL; | |
1334 | ||
65bc172c | 1335 | const wxBorder border = GetBorder(flags); |
577baeef | 1336 | |
65bc172c VZ |
1337 | // WS_BORDER is only required for wxBORDER_SIMPLE |
1338 | if ( border == wxBORDER_SIMPLE ) | |
b2d5a7ee | 1339 | style |= WS_BORDER; |
577baeef | 1340 | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1341 | // now deal with ext style if the caller wants it |
1342 | if ( exstyle ) | |
1343 | { | |
1344 | *exstyle = 0; | |
1345 | ||
7f0586ef | 1346 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1347 | if ( flags & wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW ) |
1348 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT; | |
7f0586ef | 1349 | #endif |
b2d5a7ee | 1350 | |
fe3d9123 | 1351 | switch ( border ) |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1352 | { |
1353 | default: | |
65bc172c | 1354 | case wxBORDER_DEFAULT: |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1355 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unknown border style") ); |
1356 | // fall through | |
1357 | ||
1358 | case wxBORDER_NONE: | |
1359 | case wxBORDER_SIMPLE: | |
1360 | break; | |
1361 | ||
1362 | case wxBORDER_STATIC: | |
1363 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_STATICEDGE; | |
1364 | break; | |
1365 | ||
1366 | case wxBORDER_RAISED: | |
7699361c | 1367 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME; |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1368 | break; |
1369 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1370 | case wxBORDER_SUNKEN: |
1371 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE; | |
fe3d9123 | 1372 | style &= ~WS_BORDER; |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1373 | break; |
1374 | ||
1375 | case wxBORDER_DOUBLE: | |
1376 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME; | |
1377 | break; | |
1378 | } | |
d515c32d | 1379 | |
09168de7 | 1380 | // wxUniv doesn't use Windows dialog navigation functions at all |
7f0586ef | 1381 | #if !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
5b9c12e1 | 1382 | // to make the dialog navigation work with the nested panels we must |
09168de7 VZ |
1383 | // use this style (top level windows such as dialogs don't need it) |
1384 | if ( (flags & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) && !IsTopLevel() ) | |
d515c32d VZ |
1385 | { |
1386 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT; | |
1387 | } | |
09168de7 | 1388 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1389 | } |
1390 | ||
1391 | return style; | |
1392 | } | |
eb5e4d9a | 1393 | |
42e69d6b | 1394 | // Setup background and foreground colours correctly |
1e6feb95 | 1395 | void wxWindowMSW::SetupColours() |
42e69d6b VZ |
1396 | { |
1397 | if ( GetParent() ) | |
1398 | SetBackgroundColour(GetParent()->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
1399 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1400 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1401 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsMouseInWindow() const |
1402 | { | |
1403 | // get the mouse position | |
1404 | POINT pt; | |
f2325516 JS |
1405 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1406 | ::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt); | |
1407 | #else | |
1e6feb95 | 1408 | ::GetCursorPos(&pt); |
f2325516 | 1409 | #endif |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1410 | |
1411 | // find the window which currently has the cursor and go up the window | |
1412 | // chain until we find this window - or exhaust it | |
1413 | HWND hwnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt); | |
1414 | while ( hwnd && (hwnd != GetHwnd()) ) | |
1415 | hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd); | |
1416 | ||
1417 | return hwnd != NULL; | |
1418 | } | |
1419 | ||
e39af974 | 1420 | void wxWindowMSW::OnInternalIdle() |
42e69d6b | 1421 | { |
4e5c6c33 | 1422 | #ifndef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
42e69d6b VZ |
1423 | // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event |
1424 | if ( m_mouseInWindow ) | |
2d0a075d | 1425 | { |
ee74faf9 VZ |
1426 | // note that we should generate the leave event whether the window has |
1427 | // or doesn't have mouse capture | |
1428 | if ( !IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
42e69d6b | 1429 | { |
51e4e266 | 1430 | GenerateMouseLeave(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
1431 | } |
1432 | } | |
4e5c6c33 | 1433 | #endif // !HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
c085e333 | 1434 | |
e39af974 JS |
1435 | if (wxUpdateUIEvent::CanUpdate(this)) |
1436 | UpdateWindowUI(wxUPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE); | |
42e69d6b | 1437 | } |
568cb543 | 1438 | |
42e69d6b | 1439 | // Set this window to be the child of 'parent'. |
1e6feb95 | 1440 | bool wxWindowMSW::Reparent(wxWindowBase *parent) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1441 | { |
1442 | if ( !wxWindowBase::Reparent(parent) ) | |
08158721 | 1443 | return false; |
c085e333 | 1444 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1445 | HWND hWndChild = GetHwnd(); |
1446 | HWND hWndParent = GetParent() ? GetWinHwnd(GetParent()) : (HWND)0; | |
a23fd0e1 | 1447 | |
42e69d6b | 1448 | ::SetParent(hWndChild, hWndParent); |
a23fd0e1 | 1449 | |
ee471817 VZ |
1450 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1451 | if ( ::GetWindowLong(hWndChild, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT ) | |
1452 | { | |
1453 | EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent()); | |
1454 | } | |
1455 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
1456 | ||
08158721 | 1457 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 1458 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 1459 | |
a0e449ff VZ |
1460 | static inline void SendSetRedraw(HWND hwnd, bool on) |
1461 | { | |
c67d6888 | 1462 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
a0e449ff | 1463 | ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETREDRAW, (WPARAM)on, 0); |
c67d6888 | 1464 | #endif |
a0e449ff VZ |
1465 | } |
1466 | ||
1467 | void wxWindowMSW::Freeze() | |
1468 | { | |
a1037371 VZ |
1469 | if ( !m_frozenness++ ) |
1470 | { | |
dc993cbf VZ |
1471 | if ( IsShown() ) |
1472 | SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), false); | |
a1037371 | 1473 | } |
a0e449ff VZ |
1474 | } |
1475 | ||
1476 | void wxWindowMSW::Thaw() | |
1477 | { | |
a1037371 | 1478 | wxASSERT_MSG( m_frozenness > 0, _T("Thaw() without matching Freeze()") ); |
c0cdd6cc | 1479 | |
8d7eaf91 | 1480 | if ( --m_frozenness == 0 ) |
a1037371 | 1481 | { |
dc993cbf VZ |
1482 | if ( IsShown() ) |
1483 | { | |
1484 | SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), true); | |
a1037371 | 1485 | |
dc993cbf VZ |
1486 | // we need to refresh everything or otherwise the invalidated area |
1487 | // is not going to be repainted | |
1488 | Refresh(); | |
1489 | } | |
a1037371 | 1490 | } |
a0e449ff VZ |
1491 | } |
1492 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1493 | void wxWindowMSW::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1494 | { |
1495 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
1496 | if ( hWnd ) | |
1497 | { | |
d181e053 VZ |
1498 | RECT mswRect; |
1499 | const RECT *pRect; | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1500 | if ( rect ) |
1501 | { | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1502 | mswRect.left = rect->x; |
1503 | mswRect.top = rect->y; | |
1504 | mswRect.right = rect->x + rect->width; | |
1505 | mswRect.bottom = rect->y + rect->height; | |
a23fd0e1 | 1506 | |
d181e053 | 1507 | pRect = &mswRect; |
42e69d6b VZ |
1508 | } |
1509 | else | |
d181e053 VZ |
1510 | { |
1511 | pRect = NULL; | |
1512 | } | |
1513 | ||
82e3664e | 1514 | // RedrawWindow not available on SmartPhone or eVC++ 3 |
41527143 | 1515 | #if !defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && !(defined(_WIN32_WCE) && _WIN32_WCE < 400) |
d181e053 VZ |
1516 | UINT flags = RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN; |
1517 | if ( eraseBack ) | |
1518 | flags |= RDW_ERASE; | |
1519 | ||
1520 | ::RedrawWindow(hWnd, pRect, NULL, flags); | |
480e9098 | 1521 | #else |
16d652a5 | 1522 | ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, pRect, eraseBack); |
480e9098 | 1523 | #endif |
42e69d6b VZ |
1524 | } |
1525 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1526 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1527 | void wxWindowMSW::Update() |
1528 | { | |
1529 | if ( !::UpdateWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
1530 | { | |
1531 | wxLogLastError(_T("UpdateWindow")); | |
1532 | } | |
2b5f62a0 | 1533 | |
7f0586ef | 1534 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1535 | // just calling UpdateWindow() is not enough, what we did in our WM_PAINT |
1536 | // handler needs to be really drawn right now | |
1537 | (void)::GdiFlush(); | |
1538 | #endif // __WIN32__ | |
1539 | } | |
1540 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
1541 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1542 | // drag and drop | |
1543 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
a23fd0e1 | 1544 | |
006b8dff JG |
1545 | // we need to lower the sibling static boxes so controls contained within can be |
1546 | // a drop target | |
1547 | static inline void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow *parent) | |
1548 | { | |
deb0d191 JG |
1549 | // no sibling static boxes if we have no parent (ie TLW) |
1550 | if ( !parent ) | |
1551 | return; | |
1552 | ||
006b8dff JG |
1553 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
1554 | node; | |
1555 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
1556 | { | |
1557 | wxStaticBox *statbox = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxStaticBox); | |
1558 | if ( statbox ) | |
1559 | { | |
1560 | ::SetWindowPos(GetHwndOf(statbox), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
1561 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); | |
1562 | } | |
1563 | } | |
1564 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1565 | |
4ce1efe1 | 1566 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
1e6feb95 | 1567 | void wxWindowMSW::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1568 | { |
1569 | if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) { | |
1570 | m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd); | |
1571 | delete m_dropTarget; | |
1572 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1573 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1574 | m_dropTarget = pDropTarget; |
1575 | if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) | |
006b8dff JG |
1576 | { |
1577 | AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent()); | |
42e69d6b | 1578 | m_dropTarget->Register(m_hWnd); |
006b8dff | 1579 | } |
42e69d6b | 1580 | } |
42e69d6b | 1581 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
2a47d3c1 | 1582 | |
90e572f1 | 1583 | // old-style file manager drag&drop support: we retain the old-style |
42e69d6b | 1584 | // DragAcceptFiles in parallel with SetDropTarget. |
0c0d1521 | 1585 | void wxWindowMSW::DragAcceptFiles(bool WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(accept)) |
42e69d6b | 1586 | { |
0c0d1521 | 1587 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
1588 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1589 | if ( hWnd ) | |
006b8dff JG |
1590 | { |
1591 | AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent()); | |
42e69d6b | 1592 | ::DragAcceptFiles(hWnd, (BOOL)accept); |
006b8dff | 1593 | } |
7f0586ef | 1594 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 1595 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 1596 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1597 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1598 | // tooltips | |
1599 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
dbda9e86 | 1600 | |
42e69d6b | 1601 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
2d0a075d | 1602 | |
1e6feb95 | 1603 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tooltip) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1604 | { |
1605 | wxWindowBase::DoSetToolTip(tooltip); | |
839b865d | 1606 | |
42e69d6b | 1607 | if ( m_tooltip ) |
d4e5272b | 1608 | m_tooltip->SetWindow((wxWindow *)this); |
42e69d6b | 1609 | } |
9a05fd8d | 1610 | |
42e69d6b | 1611 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
9a05fd8d | 1612 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1613 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1614 | // moving and resizing | |
1615 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
839b865d | 1616 | |
f7040b5f VZ |
1617 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsSizeDeferred() const |
1618 | { | |
1619 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1620 | if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition || | |
1621 | m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) | |
1622 | return true; | |
1623 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1624 | ||
1625 | return false; | |
1626 | } | |
1627 | ||
42e69d6b | 1628 | // Get total size |
1e6feb95 | 1629 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetSize(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b | 1630 | { |
0d6fdb3c | 1631 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1632 | // if SetSize() had been called at wx level but not realized at Windows |
1633 | // level yet (i.e. EndDeferWindowPos() not called), we still should return | |
1634 | // the new and not the old position to the other wx code | |
1635 | if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) | |
1636 | { | |
1637 | if ( x ) | |
1638 | *x = m_pendingSize.x; | |
1639 | if ( y ) | |
1640 | *y = m_pendingSize.y; | |
1641 | } | |
1642 | else // use current size | |
0d6fdb3c | 1643 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1644 | { |
1645 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
82c9f85c | 1646 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1647 | if ( x ) |
1648 | *x = rect.right - rect.left; | |
1649 | if ( y ) | |
1650 | *y = rect.bottom - rect.top; | |
1651 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1652 | } |
1653 | ||
82c9f85c VZ |
1654 | // Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar etc. |
1655 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const | |
42e69d6b | 1656 | { |
f2197644 | 1657 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
0d6fdb3c | 1658 | if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) |
0d7f75df | 1659 | { |
0d6fdb3c | 1660 | // we need to calculate the client size corresponding to pending size |
dc497201 JG |
1661 | RECT rect; |
1662 | rect.left = m_pendingPosition.x; | |
1663 | rect.top = m_pendingPosition.y; | |
1664 | rect.right = rect.left + m_pendingSize.x; | |
1665 | rect.bottom = rect.top + m_pendingSize.y; | |
1666 | ||
1667 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_NCCALCSIZE, FALSE, (LPARAM)&rect); | |
1668 | ||
1669 | if ( x ) | |
1670 | *x = rect.right - rect.left; | |
1671 | if ( y ) | |
1672 | *y = rect.bottom - rect.top; | |
0d7f75df | 1673 | } |
0d6fdb3c VZ |
1674 | else |
1675 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1676 | { | |
1677 | RECT rect = wxGetClientRect(GetHwnd()); | |
1678 | ||
1679 | if ( x ) | |
1680 | *x = rect.right; | |
1681 | if ( y ) | |
1682 | *y = rect.bottom; | |
1683 | } | |
82c9f85c VZ |
1684 | } |
1685 | ||
1686 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const | |
1687 | { | |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1688 | wxWindow * const parent = GetParent(); |
1689 | ||
1690 | wxPoint pos; | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1691 | if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition ) |
1692 | { | |
a7e0e432 | 1693 | pos = m_pendingPosition; |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1694 | } |
1695 | else // use current position | |
1696 | { | |
1697 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
42e69d6b | 1698 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1699 | POINT point; |
1700 | point.x = rect.left; | |
1701 | point.y = rect.top; | |
42e69d6b | 1702 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1703 | // we do the adjustments with respect to the parent only for the "real" |
1704 | // children, not for the dialogs/frames | |
1705 | if ( !IsTopLevel() ) | |
92049cd4 | 1706 | { |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1707 | // Since we now have the absolute screen coords, if there's a |
1708 | // parent we must subtract its top left corner | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1709 | if ( parent ) |
1710 | { | |
a7e0e432 | 1711 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), &point); |
11cfa8ef | 1712 | } |
89e3037c | 1713 | } |
42e69d6b | 1714 | |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1715 | pos.x = point.x; |
1716 | pos.y = point.y; | |
1717 | } | |
1718 | ||
1719 | // we also must adjust by the client area offset: a control which is just | |
1720 | // under a toolbar could be at (0, 30) in Windows but at (0, 0) in wx | |
1721 | if ( parent && !IsTopLevel() ) | |
1722 | { | |
1723 | const wxPoint pt(parent->GetClientAreaOrigin()); | |
1724 | pos.x -= pt.x; | |
1725 | pos.y -= pt.y; | |
11cfa8ef | 1726 | } |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1727 | |
1728 | if ( x ) | |
1729 | *x = pos.x; | |
1730 | if ( y ) | |
1731 | *y = pos.y; | |
42e69d6b | 1732 | } |
54bdd8b0 | 1733 | |
1e6feb95 | 1734 | void wxWindowMSW::DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b VZ |
1735 | { |
1736 | POINT pt; | |
1737 | if ( x ) | |
1738 | pt.x = *x; | |
1739 | if ( y ) | |
1740 | pt.y = *y; | |
54bdd8b0 | 1741 | |
82c9f85c | 1742 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwnd(), &pt); |
a23fd0e1 | 1743 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1744 | if ( x ) |
1745 | *x = pt.x; | |
1746 | if ( y ) | |
1747 | *y = pt.y; | |
1748 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1749 | |
1e6feb95 | 1750 | void wxWindowMSW::DoClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b VZ |
1751 | { |
1752 | POINT pt; | |
1753 | if ( x ) | |
1754 | pt.x = *x; | |
1755 | if ( y ) | |
1756 | pt.y = *y; | |
54bdd8b0 | 1757 | |
82c9f85c | 1758 | ::ClientToScreen(GetHwnd(), &pt); |
a23fd0e1 | 1759 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1760 | if ( x ) |
1761 | *x = pt.x; | |
1762 | if ( y ) | |
1763 | *y = pt.y; | |
1764 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1765 | |
86e30911 | 1766 | bool |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1767 | wxWindowMSW::DoMoveSibling(WXHWND hwnd, int x, int y, int width, int height) |
1768 | { | |
1769 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1770 | // if our parent had prepared a defer window handle for us, use it (unless | |
1771 | // we are a top level window) | |
1772 | wxWindowMSW * const parent = IsTopLevel() ? NULL : GetParent(); | |
1773 | ||
1774 | HDWP hdwp = parent ? (HDWP)parent->m_hDWP : NULL; | |
1775 | if ( hdwp ) | |
1776 | { | |
1777 | hdwp = ::DeferWindowPos(hdwp, (HWND)hwnd, NULL, x, y, width, height, | |
dd28827a | 1778 | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1779 | if ( !hdwp ) |
1780 | { | |
1781 | wxLogLastError(_T("DeferWindowPos")); | |
1782 | } | |
1783 | } | |
1784 | ||
1785 | if ( parent ) | |
1786 | { | |
1787 | // hdwp must be updated as it may have been changed | |
1788 | parent->m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)hdwp; | |
1789 | } | |
1790 | ||
86e30911 VZ |
1791 | if ( hdwp ) |
1792 | { | |
1793 | // did deferred move, remember new coordinates of the window as they're | |
1794 | // different from what Windows would return for it | |
1795 | return true; | |
1796 | } | |
1797 | ||
7d86a2d4 | 1798 | // otherwise (or if deferring failed) move the window in place immediately |
7d86a2d4 | 1799 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
86e30911 | 1800 | if ( !::MoveWindow((HWND)hwnd, x, y, width, height, IsShown()) ) |
7d86a2d4 | 1801 | { |
86e30911 | 1802 | wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow")); |
7d86a2d4 | 1803 | } |
86e30911 VZ |
1804 | |
1805 | // if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING, indicates that we didn't use deferred move, | |
1806 | // ignored otherwise | |
1807 | return false; | |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1808 | } |
1809 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1810 | void wxWindowMSW::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height) |
b782f2e0 | 1811 | { |
62e1ba75 JS |
1812 | // TODO: is this consistent with other platforms? |
1813 | // Still, negative width or height shouldn't be allowed | |
1814 | if (width < 0) | |
1815 | width = 0; | |
1816 | if (height < 0) | |
1817 | height = 0; | |
9b6ae450 | 1818 | |
86e30911 VZ |
1819 | if ( DoMoveSibling(m_hWnd, x, y, width, height) ) |
1820 | { | |
1821 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1822 | m_pendingPosition = wxPoint(x, y); | |
1823 | m_pendingSize = wxSize(width, height); | |
1824 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1825 | } | |
b782f2e0 VZ |
1826 | } |
1827 | ||
4438caf4 VZ |
1828 | // set the size of the window: if the dimensions are positive, just use them, |
1829 | // but if any of them is equal to -1, it means that we must find the value for | |
1830 | // it ourselves (unless sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE flag, in | |
1831 | // which case -1 is a valid value for x and y) | |
1832 | // | |
1833 | // If sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH/HEIGHT flags (default), we calculate | |
1834 | // the width/height to best suit our contents, otherwise we reuse the current | |
1835 | // width/height | |
1e6feb95 | 1836 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags) |
42e69d6b | 1837 | { |
4438caf4 | 1838 | // get the current size and position... |
42e69d6b | 1839 | int currentX, currentY; |
da78f3b1 RD |
1840 | int currentW, currentH; |
1841 | ||
42e69d6b | 1842 | GetPosition(¤tX, ¤tY); |
42e69d6b | 1843 | GetSize(¤tW, ¤tH); |
a23fd0e1 | 1844 | |
952f2aaa VZ |
1845 | // ... and don't do anything (avoiding flicker) if it's already ok unless |
1846 | // we're forced to resize the window | |
4438caf4 | 1847 | if ( x == currentX && y == currentY && |
952f2aaa VZ |
1848 | width == currentW && height == currentH && |
1849 | !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_FORCE) ) | |
4438caf4 | 1850 | { |
42e69d6b | 1851 | return; |
4438caf4 | 1852 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 1853 | |
422d0ff0 | 1854 | if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) ) |
4438caf4 | 1855 | x = currentX; |
422d0ff0 | 1856 | if ( y == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) ) |
4438caf4 | 1857 | y = currentY; |
a23fd0e1 | 1858 | |
4438caf4 | 1859 | AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y, sizeFlags); |
a23fd0e1 | 1860 | |
abb74e0f | 1861 | wxSize size = wxDefaultSize; |
422d0ff0 | 1862 | if ( width == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 1863 | { |
9e2896e5 | 1864 | if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH ) |
4438caf4 VZ |
1865 | { |
1866 | size = DoGetBestSize(); | |
1867 | width = size.x; | |
1868 | } | |
1869 | else | |
1870 | { | |
1871 | // just take the current one | |
1872 | width = currentW; | |
1873 | } | |
1874 | } | |
1875 | ||
422d0ff0 | 1876 | if ( height == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 1877 | { |
9e2896e5 | 1878 | if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT ) |
4438caf4 | 1879 | { |
422d0ff0 | 1880 | if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 1881 | { |
b782f2e0 | 1882 | size = DoGetBestSize(); |
4438caf4 VZ |
1883 | } |
1884 | //else: already called DoGetBestSize() above | |
a23fd0e1 | 1885 | |
4438caf4 VZ |
1886 | height = size.y; |
1887 | } | |
1888 | else | |
1889 | { | |
1890 | // just take the current one | |
1891 | height = currentH; | |
1892 | } | |
1893 | } | |
1894 | ||
b782f2e0 | 1895 | DoMoveWindow(x, y, width, height); |
4438caf4 VZ |
1896 | } |
1897 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1898 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height) |
42e69d6b | 1899 | { |
90e572f1 | 1900 | // setting the client size is less obvious than it could have been |
d4597e13 | 1901 | // because in the result of changing the total size the window scrollbar |
c72b1ad7 VZ |
1902 | // may [dis]appear and/or its menubar may [un]wrap (and AdjustWindowRect() |
1903 | // doesn't take neither into account) and so the client size will not be | |
1904 | // correct as the difference between the total and client size changes -- | |
1905 | // so we keep changing it until we get it right | |
d4597e13 | 1906 | // |
d6a97306 VZ |
1907 | // normally this loop shouldn't take more than 3 iterations (usually 1 but |
1908 | // if scrollbars [dis]appear as the result of the first call, then 2 and it | |
1909 | // may become 3 if the window had 0 size originally and so we didn't | |
1910 | // calculate the scrollbar correction correctly during the first iteration) | |
1911 | // but just to be on the safe side we check for it instead of making it an | |
d4597e13 | 1912 | // "infinite" loop (i.e. leaving break inside as the only way to get out) |
d6a97306 | 1913 | for ( int i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) |
d4597e13 VZ |
1914 | { |
1915 | RECT rectClient; | |
1916 | ::GetClientRect(GetHwnd(), &rectClient); | |
2bda0e17 | 1917 | |
b0268daf | 1918 | // if the size is already ok, stop here (NB: rectClient.left = top = 0) |
422d0ff0 WS |
1919 | if ( (rectClient.right == width || width == wxDefaultCoord) && |
1920 | (rectClient.bottom == height || height == wxDefaultCoord) ) | |
d4597e13 VZ |
1921 | { |
1922 | break; | |
1923 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1924 | |
d4597e13 VZ |
1925 | // Find the difference between the entire window (title bar and all) |
1926 | // and the client area; add this to the new client size to move the | |
1927 | // window | |
1928 | RECT rectWin; | |
1929 | ::GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(), &rectWin); | |
1930 | ||
b0268daf VZ |
1931 | const int widthWin = rectWin.right - rectWin.left, |
1932 | heightWin = rectWin.bottom - rectWin.top; | |
387a3b02 | 1933 | |
d4597e13 VZ |
1934 | // MoveWindow positions the child windows relative to the parent, so |
1935 | // adjust if necessary | |
1936 | if ( !IsTopLevel() ) | |
1937 | { | |
1938 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
1939 | if ( parent ) | |
1940 | { | |
b0268daf | 1941 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), (POINT *)&rectWin); |
d4597e13 VZ |
1942 | } |
1943 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1944 | |
b0268daf | 1945 | // don't call DoMoveWindow() because we want to move window immediately |
c72b1ad7 VZ |
1946 | // and not defer it here as otherwise the value returned by |
1947 | // GetClient/WindowRect() wouldn't change as the window wouldn't be | |
1948 | // really resized | |
b0268daf VZ |
1949 | if ( !::MoveWindow(GetHwnd(), |
1950 | rectWin.left, | |
1951 | rectWin.top, | |
1952 | width + widthWin - rectClient.right, | |
1953 | height + heightWin - rectClient.bottom, | |
1954 | TRUE) ) | |
1955 | { | |
1956 | wxLogLastError(_T("MoveWindow")); | |
1957 | } | |
d4597e13 | 1958 | } |
42e69d6b | 1959 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 1960 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1961 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1962 | // text metrics | |
1963 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
a23fd0e1 | 1964 | |
1e6feb95 | 1965 | int wxWindowMSW::GetCharHeight() const |
42e69d6b | 1966 | { |
f6bcfd97 | 1967 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmHeight; |
42e69d6b | 1968 | } |
3eddf563 | 1969 | |
1e6feb95 | 1970 | int wxWindowMSW::GetCharWidth() const |
42e69d6b | 1971 | { |
f6bcfd97 BP |
1972 | // +1 is needed because Windows apparently adds it when calculating the |
1973 | // dialog units size in pixels | |
1974 | #if wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
1e6feb95 | 1975 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth; |
f6bcfd97 BP |
1976 | #else |
1977 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth + 1; | |
1978 | #endif | |
42e69d6b | 1979 | } |
f4621a09 | 1980 | |
1e6feb95 | 1981 | void wxWindowMSW::GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, |
34636400 | 1982 | int *x, int *y, |
42e69d6b VZ |
1983 | int *descent, int *externalLeading, |
1984 | const wxFont *theFont) const | |
1985 | { | |
64869ab7 VZ |
1986 | wxASSERT_MSG( !theFont || theFont->Ok(), |
1987 | _T("invalid font in GetTextExtent()") ); | |
634903fd | 1988 | |
2d17baae VS |
1989 | wxFont fontToUse; |
1990 | if (theFont) | |
1991 | fontToUse = *theFont; | |
1992 | else | |
1993 | fontToUse = GetFont(); | |
634903fd | 1994 | |
64869ab7 VZ |
1995 | WindowHDC hdc(GetHwnd()); |
1996 | SelectInHDC selectFont(hdc, GetHfontOf(fontToUse)); | |
341c92a8 | 1997 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1998 | SIZE sizeRect; |
1999 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
767b35a5 | 2000 | ::GetTextExtentPoint32(hdc, string, string.length(), &sizeRect); |
64869ab7 | 2001 | GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); |
42e69d6b | 2002 | |
0655ad29 VZ |
2003 | if ( x ) |
2004 | *x = sizeRect.cx; | |
2005 | if ( y ) | |
2006 | *y = sizeRect.cy; | |
2007 | if ( descent ) | |
2008 | *descent = tm.tmDescent; | |
2009 | if ( externalLeading ) | |
2010 | *externalLeading = tm.tmExternalLeading; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2011 | } |
2012 | ||
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2013 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2014 | // popup menu | |
2015 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2016 | ||
2e9f62da VZ |
2017 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
2018 | ||
ed45e263 VZ |
2019 | // yield for WM_COMMAND events only, i.e. process all WM_COMMANDs in the queue |
2020 | // immediately, without waiting for the next event loop iteration | |
2021 | // | |
2022 | // NB: this function should probably be made public later as it can almost | |
2023 | // surely replace wxYield() elsewhere as well | |
2024 | static void wxYieldForCommandsOnly() | |
2025 | { | |
2026 | // peek all WM_COMMANDs (it will always return WM_QUIT too but we don't | |
2027 | // want to process it here) | |
2028 | MSG msg; | |
1bf77ee5 | 2029 | while ( ::PeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)0, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE) ) |
ed45e263 | 2030 | { |
dd7ebf8b | 2031 | if ( msg.message == WM_QUIT ) |
1bf77ee5 VZ |
2032 | { |
2033 | // if we retrieved a WM_QUIT, insert back into the message queue. | |
2034 | ::PostQuitMessage(0); | |
2035 | break; | |
2036 | } | |
7de59551 | 2037 | |
1bf77ee5 VZ |
2038 | // luckily (as we don't have access to wxEventLoopImpl method from here |
2039 | // anyhow...) we don't need to pre process WM_COMMANDs so dispatch it | |
2040 | // immediately | |
2041 | ::TranslateMessage(&msg); | |
2042 | ::DispatchMessage(&msg); | |
2043 | } | |
ed45e263 VZ |
2044 | } |
2045 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2046 | bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y) |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2047 | { |
2048 | menu->SetInvokingWindow(this); | |
2049 | menu->UpdateUI(); | |
2050 | ||
27d2dbbc | 2051 | if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && y == wxDefaultCoord ) |
971562cb VS |
2052 | { |
2053 | wxPoint mouse = ScreenToClient(wxGetMousePosition()); | |
2054 | x = mouse.x; y = mouse.y; | |
2055 | } | |
2056 | ||
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2057 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
2058 | HMENU hMenu = GetHmenuOf(menu); | |
2059 | POINT point; | |
2060 | point.x = x; | |
2061 | point.y = y; | |
2062 | ::ClientToScreen(hWnd, &point); | |
2063 | wxCurrentPopupMenu = menu; | |
5cb598ae | 2064 | #if defined(__WXWINCE__) |
7f0586ef | 2065 | UINT flags = 0; |
5cb598ae | 2066 | #else |
114c220f | 2067 | UINT flags = TPM_RIGHTBUTTON | TPM_RECURSE; |
7f0586ef JS |
2068 | #endif |
2069 | ::TrackPopupMenu(hMenu, flags, point.x, point.y, 0, hWnd, NULL); | |
ed45e263 | 2070 | |
90e572f1 | 2071 | // we need to do it right now as otherwise the events are never going to be |
ed45e263 VZ |
2072 | // sent to wxCurrentPopupMenu from HandleCommand() |
2073 | // | |
2074 | // note that even eliminating (ugly) wxCurrentPopupMenu global wouldn't | |
2075 | // help and we'd still need wxYieldForCommandsOnly() as the menu may be | |
2076 | // destroyed as soon as we return (it can be a local variable in the caller | |
2077 | // for example) and so we do need to process the event immediately | |
2078 | wxYieldForCommandsOnly(); | |
2079 | ||
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2080 | wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL; |
2081 | ||
2082 | menu->SetInvokingWindow(NULL); | |
2083 | ||
08158721 | 2084 | return true; |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2085 | } |
2086 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
2087 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
2088 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2089 | // =========================================================================== |
2090 | // pre/post message processing | |
2091 | // =========================================================================== | |
2bda0e17 | 2092 | |
c140b7e7 | 2093 | WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
42e69d6b VZ |
2094 | { |
2095 | if ( m_oldWndProc ) | |
2096 | return ::CallWindowProc(CASTWNDPROC m_oldWndProc, GetHwnd(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam); | |
2097 | else | |
2098 | return ::DefWindowProc(GetHwnd(), nMsg, wParam, lParam); | |
2099 | } | |
2bda0e17 | 2100 | |
1e6feb95 | 2101 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg) |
42e69d6b | 2102 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
2103 | // wxUniversal implements tab traversal itself |
2104 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
42e69d6b | 2105 | if ( m_hWnd != 0 && (GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) ) |
2d0a075d | 2106 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2107 | // intercept dialog navigation keys |
2108 | MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg; | |
d9317fd4 VZ |
2109 | |
2110 | // here we try to do all the job which ::IsDialogMessage() usually does | |
2111 | // internally | |
573a1586 | 2112 | if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN ) |
42e69d6b | 2113 | { |
3f7bc32b VZ |
2114 | bool bCtrlDown = wxIsCtrlDown(); |
2115 | bool bShiftDown = wxIsShiftDown(); | |
a23fd0e1 | 2116 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2117 | // WM_GETDLGCODE: ask the control if it wants the key for itself, |
2118 | // don't process it if it's the case (except for Ctrl-Tab/Enter | |
2119 | // combinations which are always processed) | |
977f50f3 VZ |
2120 | LONG lDlgCode = ::SendMessage(msg->hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0); |
2121 | ||
2122 | // surprizingly, DLGC_WANTALLKEYS bit mask doesn't contain the | |
2123 | // DLGC_WANTTAB nor DLGC_WANTARROWS bits although, logically, | |
2124 | // it, of course, implies them | |
2125 | if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTALLKEYS ) | |
42e69d6b | 2126 | { |
977f50f3 | 2127 | lDlgCode |= DLGC_WANTTAB | DLGC_WANTARROWS; |
42e69d6b | 2128 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 2129 | |
08158721 | 2130 | bool bForward = true, |
298ca00c VZ |
2131 | bWindowChange = false, |
2132 | bFromTab = false; | |
a23fd0e1 | 2133 | |
573a1586 | 2134 | // should we process this message specially? |
08158721 | 2135 | bool bProcess = true; |
9145664b | 2136 | switch ( msg->wParam ) |
42e69d6b VZ |
2137 | { |
2138 | case VK_TAB: | |
6afa47d6 | 2139 | if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTTAB ) { |
08158721 | 2140 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2141 | } |
2142 | else { | |
2143 | // Ctrl-Tab cycles thru notebook pages | |
2144 | bWindowChange = bCtrlDown; | |
319fefa9 | 2145 | bForward = !bShiftDown; |
298ca00c | 2146 | bFromTab = true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2147 | } |
2148 | break; | |
a23fd0e1 | 2149 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2150 | case VK_UP: |
2151 | case VK_LEFT: | |
2152 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown ) | |
08158721 | 2153 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2154 | else |
08158721 | 2155 | bForward = false; |
42e69d6b | 2156 | break; |
a02eb1d2 | 2157 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2158 | case VK_DOWN: |
2159 | case VK_RIGHT: | |
2160 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown ) | |
08158721 | 2161 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2162 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 2163 | |
efe5e221 VZ |
2164 | case VK_PRIOR: |
2165 | bForward = false; | |
2166 | // fall through | |
2167 | ||
2168 | case VK_NEXT: | |
2169 | // we treat PageUp/Dn as arrows because chances are that | |
2170 | // a control which needs arrows also needs them for | |
2171 | // navigation (e.g. wxTextCtrl, wxListCtrl, ...) | |
2172 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || !bCtrlDown ) | |
2173 | bProcess = false; | |
2174 | else | |
2175 | bWindowChange = true; | |
2176 | break; | |
2177 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2178 | case VK_RETURN: |
2179 | { | |
edccf428 | 2180 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTMESSAGE) && !bCtrlDown ) |
42e69d6b VZ |
2181 | { |
2182 | // control wants to process Enter itself, don't | |
90c6edd7 | 2183 | // call IsDialogMessage() which would consume it |
08158721 | 2184 | return false; |
42e69d6b | 2185 | } |
3147bb58 | 2186 | |
90c6edd7 | 2187 | #if wxUSE_BUTTON |
3147bb58 | 2188 | // currently active button should get enter press even |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2189 | // if there is a default button elsewhere so check if |
2190 | // this window is a button first | |
2191 | wxWindow *btn = NULL; | |
3147bb58 | 2192 | if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_DEFPUSHBUTTON ) |
319fefa9 | 2193 | { |
3e79ed96 VZ |
2194 | // let IsDialogMessage() handle this for all |
2195 | // buttons except the owner-drawn ones which it | |
2196 | // just seems to ignore | |
2197 | long style = ::GetWindowLong(msg->hwnd, GWL_STYLE); | |
2198 | if ( (style & BS_OWNERDRAW) == BS_OWNERDRAW ) | |
2199 | { | |
2200 | // emulate the button click | |
90c6edd7 | 2201 | btn = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)msg->hwnd); |
3e79ed96 VZ |
2202 | } |
2203 | ||
08158721 | 2204 | bProcess = false; |
319fefa9 | 2205 | } |
90c6edd7 | 2206 | else // not a button itself, do we have default button? |
c50f1fb9 | 2207 | { |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2208 | wxTopLevelWindow * |
2209 | tlw = wxDynamicCast(wxGetTopLevelParent(this), | |
2210 | wxTopLevelWindow); | |
6c20e8f8 | 2211 | if ( tlw ) |
c50f1fb9 | 2212 | { |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2213 | btn = wxDynamicCast(tlw->GetDefaultItem(), |
2214 | wxButton); | |
c50f1fb9 | 2215 | } |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2216 | } |
2217 | ||
2218 | if ( btn && btn->IsEnabled() ) | |
2219 | { | |
2220 | btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */); | |
2221 | return true; | |
2222 | } | |
2223 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2224 | #endif // wxUSE_BUTTON |
90c6edd7 | 2225 | |
7b504551 | 2226 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2227 | // map Enter presses into button presses on PDAs |
2228 | wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN); | |
2229 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
2230 | if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) ) | |
2231 | return true; | |
2232 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2233 | } |
2234 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 2235 | |
42e69d6b | 2236 | default: |
08158721 | 2237 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2238 | } |
2bda0e17 | 2239 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2240 | if ( bProcess ) |
2241 | { | |
2242 | wxNavigationKeyEvent event; | |
2243 | event.SetDirection(bForward); | |
2244 | event.SetWindowChange(bWindowChange); | |
298ca00c | 2245 | event.SetFromTab(bFromTab); |
42e69d6b | 2246 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
3572173c | 2247 | |
42e69d6b | 2248 | if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) ) |
57c0af52 | 2249 | { |
d7e0024b VZ |
2250 | // as we don't call IsDialogMessage(), which would take of |
2251 | // this by default, we need to manually send this message | |
1ca78aa1 JS |
2252 | // so that controls can change their UI state if needed |
2253 | MSWUpdateUIState(UIS_CLEAR, UISF_HIDEFOCUS); | |
d7e0024b | 2254 | |
08158721 | 2255 | return true; |
57c0af52 | 2256 | } |
42e69d6b VZ |
2257 | } |
2258 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2259 | |
16dd61ac | 2260 | // don't let IsDialogMessage() get VK_ESCAPE as it _always_ eats the |
aae032a0 VZ |
2261 | // message even when there is no cancel button and when the message is |
2262 | // needed by the control itself: in particular, it prevents the tree in | |
2263 | // place edit control from being closed with Escape in a dialog | |
2264 | if ( msg->message != WM_KEYDOWN || msg->wParam != VK_ESCAPE ) | |
f6bcfd97 | 2265 | { |
ae79d315 VZ |
2266 | // ::IsDialogMessage() is broken and may sometimes hang the |
2267 | // application by going into an infinite loop, so we try to detect | |
90e572f1 | 2268 | // [some of] the situations when this may happen and not call it |
ae79d315 VZ |
2269 | // then |
2270 | ||
2271 | // assume we can call it by default | |
08158721 | 2272 | bool canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true; |
085ad686 | 2273 | |
48c61225 | 2274 | HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus(); |
ae79d315 VZ |
2275 | |
2276 | // if the currently focused window itself has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, ::IsDialogMessage() will also enter | |
2277 | // an infinite loop, because it will recursively check the child | |
2278 | // windows but not the window itself and so if none of the children | |
2279 | // accepts focus it loops forever (as it only stops when it gets | |
2280 | // back to the window it started from) | |
2281 | // | |
2282 | // while it is very unusual that a window with WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT | |
2283 | // style has the focus, it can happen. One such possibility is if | |
2284 | // all windows are either toplevel, wxDialog, wxPanel or static | |
2285 | // controls and no window can actually accept keyboard input. | |
7f0586ef | 2286 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
ae79d315 | 2287 | if ( ::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT ) |
aae032a0 | 2288 | { |
90e572f1 | 2289 | // pessimistic by default |
08158721 | 2290 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false; |
222ed1d6 | 2291 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
ae79d315 VZ |
2292 | node; |
2293 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
70a5eef8 | 2294 | { |
82fee086 VZ |
2295 | wxWindow * const win = node->GetData(); |
2296 | if ( win->AcceptsFocus() && | |
2297 | !(::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(win), GWL_EXSTYLE) & | |
2298 | WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) ) | |
ae79d315 VZ |
2299 | { |
2300 | // it shouldn't hang... | |
08158721 | 2301 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true; |
48c61225 | 2302 | |
ae79d315 VZ |
2303 | break; |
2304 | } | |
48c61225 | 2305 | } |
ae79d315 | 2306 | } |
82fee086 | 2307 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
48c61225 | 2308 | |
ae79d315 VZ |
2309 | if ( canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg ) |
2310 | { | |
2311 | // ::IsDialogMessage() can enter in an infinite loop when the | |
2312 | // currently focused window is disabled or hidden and its | |
2313 | // parent has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, so don't call it in | |
2314 | // this case | |
2315 | while ( hwndFocus ) | |
48c61225 | 2316 | { |
ae79d315 VZ |
2317 | if ( !::IsWindowEnabled(hwndFocus) || |
2318 | !::IsWindowVisible(hwndFocus) ) | |
2319 | { | |
2320 | // it would enter an infinite loop if we do this! | |
08158721 | 2321 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false; |
ae79d315 VZ |
2322 | |
2323 | break; | |
2324 | } | |
48c61225 | 2325 | |
ae79d315 VZ |
2326 | if ( !(::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_STYLE) & WS_CHILD) ) |
2327 | { | |
2328 | // it's a top level window, don't go further -- e.g. even | |
2329 | // if the parent of a dialog is disabled, this doesn't | |
2330 | // break navigation inside the dialog | |
2331 | break; | |
2332 | } | |
2333 | ||
2334 | hwndFocus = ::GetParent(hwndFocus); | |
2335 | } | |
085ad686 VZ |
2336 | } |
2337 | ||
ae79d315 | 2338 | // let IsDialogMessage() have the message if it's safe to call it |
085ad686 VZ |
2339 | if ( canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg && ::IsDialogMessage(GetHwnd(), msg) ) |
2340 | { | |
2341 | // IsDialogMessage() did something... | |
08158721 | 2342 | return true; |
aae032a0 | 2343 | } |
f6bcfd97 | 2344 | } |
42e69d6b | 2345 | } |
1e6feb95 | 2346 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
a23fd0e1 | 2347 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2348 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
2349 | if ( m_tooltip ) | |
387a3b02 | 2350 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2351 | // relay mouse move events to the tooltip control |
2352 | MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg; | |
2353 | if ( msg->message == WM_MOUSEMOVE ) | |
259a4264 | 2354 | wxToolTip::RelayEvent(pMsg); |
387a3b02 | 2355 | } |
42e69d6b | 2356 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
a23fd0e1 | 2357 | |
08158721 | 2358 | return false; |
387a3b02 JS |
2359 | } |
2360 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2361 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg) |
387a3b02 | 2362 | { |
1e6feb95 | 2363 | #if wxUSE_ACCEL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
c50f1fb9 | 2364 | return m_acceleratorTable.Translate(this, pMsg); |
1e6feb95 | 2365 | #else |
574c939e | 2366 | (void) pMsg; |
08158721 | 2367 | return false; |
1e6feb95 | 2368 | #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL |
387a3b02 JS |
2369 | } |
2370 | ||
574c939e | 2371 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* WXUNUSED(pMsg)) |
a37d422a VZ |
2372 | { |
2373 | // preprocess all messages by default | |
08158721 | 2374 | return true; |
a37d422a VZ |
2375 | } |
2376 | ||
42e69d6b | 2377 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
e39af974 | 2378 | // message params unpackers |
42e69d6b | 2379 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2bda0e17 | 2380 | |
1e6feb95 | 2381 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b VZ |
2382 | WORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WORD *cmd) |
2383 | { | |
2384 | *id = LOWORD(wParam); | |
2385 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2386 | *cmd = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2387 | } |
2388 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2389 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackActivate(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2390 | WXWORD *state, WXWORD *minimized, WXHWND *hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 2391 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2392 | *state = LOWORD(wParam); |
2393 | *minimized = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2394 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2395 | } |
2396 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2397 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackScroll(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2398 | WXWORD *code, WXWORD *pos, WXHWND *hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 2399 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2400 | *code = LOWORD(wParam); |
2401 | *pos = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2402 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2403 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2404 | |
1e6feb95 | 2405 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
01c500af | 2406 | WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd) |
42e69d6b | 2407 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2408 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; |
2409 | *hdc = (WXHDC)wParam; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2410 | } |
2411 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2412 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2413 | WXWORD *item, WXWORD *flags, WXHMENU *hmenu) |
2bda0e17 | 2414 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2415 | *item = (WXWORD)wParam; |
2416 | *flags = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2417 | *hmenu = (WXHMENU)lParam; | |
2418 | } | |
c085e333 | 2419 | |
42e69d6b | 2420 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
77ffb593 | 2421 | // Main wxWidgets window proc and the window proc for wxWindow |
42e69d6b | 2422 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2bda0e17 | 2423 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2424 | // Hook for new window just as it's being created, when the window isn't yet |
2425 | // associated with the handle | |
b225f659 VZ |
2426 | static wxWindowMSW *gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; |
2427 | ||
2428 | // implementation of wxWindowCreationHook class: it just sets gs_winBeingCreated to the | |
2429 | // window being created and insures that it's always unset back later | |
2430 | wxWindowCreationHook::wxWindowCreationHook(wxWindowMSW *winBeingCreated) | |
2431 | { | |
2432 | gs_winBeingCreated = winBeingCreated; | |
2433 | } | |
2434 | ||
2435 | wxWindowCreationHook::~wxWindowCreationHook() | |
2436 | { | |
2437 | gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; | |
2438 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2439 | |
2440 | // Main window proc | |
3135f4a7 | 2441 | LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 2442 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2443 | // trace all messages - useful for the debugging |
2444 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ | |
13e4c4d9 VZ |
2445 | wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, |
2446 | wxT("Processing %s(hWnd=%08lx, wParam=%8lx, lParam=%8lx)"), | |
2447 | wxGetMessageName(message), (long)hWnd, (long)wParam, lParam); | |
42e69d6b | 2448 | #endif // __WXDEBUG__ |
2bda0e17 | 2449 | |
1e6feb95 | 2450 | wxWindowMSW *wnd = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd); |
c085e333 | 2451 | |
42e69d6b | 2452 | // when we get the first message for the HWND we just created, we associate |
b225f659 VZ |
2453 | // it with wxWindow stored in gs_winBeingCreated |
2454 | if ( !wnd && gs_winBeingCreated ) | |
2d0a075d | 2455 | { |
b225f659 VZ |
2456 | wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hWnd, gs_winBeingCreated); |
2457 | wnd = gs_winBeingCreated; | |
2458 | gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; | |
42e69d6b | 2459 | wnd->SetHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 2460 | } |
2bda0e17 | 2461 | |
42e69d6b | 2462 | LRESULT rc; |
a23fd0e1 | 2463 | |
a3dc1da9 | 2464 | if ( wnd && wxEventLoop::AllowProcessing(wnd) ) |
b225f659 | 2465 | rc = wnd->MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); |
a23fd0e1 | 2466 | else |
b225f659 | 2467 | rc = ::DefWindowProc(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam); |
2bda0e17 | 2468 | |
42e69d6b | 2469 | return rc; |
f7bd2698 JS |
2470 | } |
2471 | ||
c140b7e7 | 2472 | WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
f7bd2698 | 2473 | { |
42e69d6b | 2474 | // did we process the message? |
08158721 | 2475 | bool processed = false; |
f7bd2698 | 2476 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2477 | // the return value |
2478 | union | |
2bda0e17 | 2479 | { |
42e69d6b | 2480 | bool allow; |
c140b7e7 | 2481 | WXLRESULT result; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2482 | WXHBRUSH hBrush; |
2483 | } rc; | |
2bda0e17 | 2484 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2485 | // for most messages we should return 0 when we do process the message |
2486 | rc.result = 0; | |
2bda0e17 | 2487 | |
42e69d6b | 2488 | switch ( message ) |
39136494 | 2489 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2490 | case WM_CREATE: |
2491 | { | |
2492 | bool mayCreate; | |
2493 | processed = HandleCreate((WXLPCREATESTRUCT)lParam, &mayCreate); | |
2494 | if ( processed ) | |
2495 | { | |
2496 | // return 0 to allow window creation | |
2497 | rc.result = mayCreate ? 0 : -1; | |
2498 | } | |
2499 | } | |
2500 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2501 | |
42e69d6b | 2502 | case WM_DESTROY: |
08158721 | 2503 | // never set processed to true and *always* pass WM_DESTROY to |
ad4297f3 VZ |
2504 | // DefWindowProc() as Windows may do some internal cleanup when |
2505 | // processing it and failing to pass the message along may cause | |
2506 | // memory and resource leaks! | |
2507 | (void)HandleDestroy(); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2508 | break; |
2509 | ||
9b6ae450 VZ |
2510 | case WM_SIZE: |
2511 | processed = HandleSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam), wParam); | |
9b6ae450 VZ |
2512 | break; |
2513 | ||
42e69d6b | 2514 | case WM_MOVE: |
132cb640 | 2515 | processed = HandleMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); |
42e69d6b | 2516 | break; |
47cbd6da | 2517 | |
7f0586ef | 2518 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
5706de1c | 2519 | case WM_MOVING: |
540b6b09 VZ |
2520 | { |
2521 | LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam; | |
2522 | wxRect rc; | |
2523 | rc.SetLeft(pRect->left); | |
2524 | rc.SetTop(pRect->top); | |
2525 | rc.SetRight(pRect->right); | |
2526 | rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom); | |
2527 | processed = HandleMoving(rc); | |
2528 | if (processed) { | |
2529 | pRect->left = rc.GetLeft(); | |
2530 | pRect->top = rc.GetTop(); | |
2531 | pRect->right = rc.GetRight(); | |
2532 | pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom(); | |
2533 | } | |
2534 | } | |
5706de1c JS |
2535 | break; |
2536 | ||
5706de1c JS |
2537 | case WM_SIZING: |
2538 | { | |
2539 | LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam; | |
2540 | wxRect rc; | |
2541 | rc.SetLeft(pRect->left); | |
2542 | rc.SetTop(pRect->top); | |
2543 | rc.SetRight(pRect->right); | |
2544 | rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom); | |
2545 | processed = HandleSizing(rc); | |
2546 | if (processed) { | |
2547 | pRect->left = rc.GetLeft(); | |
2548 | pRect->top = rc.GetTop(); | |
2549 | pRect->right = rc.GetRight(); | |
2550 | pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom(); | |
2551 | } | |
2552 | } | |
2553 | break; | |
9b6ae450 | 2554 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
5706de1c | 2555 | |
7f0586ef | 2556 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 | 2557 | case WM_ACTIVATEAPP: |
afafd942 | 2558 | // This implicitly sends a wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP event |
1e6feb95 | 2559 | wxTheApp->SetActive(wParam != 0, FindFocus()); |
42e69d6b | 2560 | break; |
8a46f9b1 | 2561 | #endif |
47cbd6da | 2562 | |
42e69d6b | 2563 | case WM_ACTIVATE: |
341c92a8 | 2564 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2565 | WXWORD state, minimized; |
2566 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
2567 | UnpackActivate(wParam, lParam, &state, &minimized, &hwnd); | |
2568 | ||
2569 | processed = HandleActivate(state, minimized != 0, (WXHWND)hwnd); | |
341c92a8 | 2570 | } |
42e69d6b | 2571 | break; |
341c92a8 | 2572 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2573 | case WM_SETFOCUS: |
2574 | processed = HandleSetFocus((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam); | |
2575 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2576 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2577 | case WM_KILLFOCUS: |
2578 | processed = HandleKillFocus((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam); | |
2579 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2580 | |
c3732409 | 2581 | case WM_PRINTCLIENT: |
1a784dfc | 2582 | processed = HandlePrintClient((WXHDC)wParam); |
07c19327 VZ |
2583 | break; |
2584 | ||
c3732409 VZ |
2585 | case WM_PAINT: |
2586 | if ( wParam ) | |
5c6c3176 | 2587 | { |
5c6c3176 | 2588 | wxPaintDCEx dc((wxWindow *)this, (WXHDC)wParam); |
07c19327 | 2589 | |
5c6c3176 RD |
2590 | processed = HandlePaint(); |
2591 | } | |
c3732409 VZ |
2592 | else // no DC given |
2593 | { | |
2594 | processed = HandlePaint(); | |
2595 | } | |
5c6c3176 RD |
2596 | break; |
2597 | ||
42e69d6b | 2598 | case WM_CLOSE: |
9fd9e47a JS |
2599 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2600 | // Universal uses its own wxFrame/wxDialog, so we don't receive | |
2601 | // close events unless we have this. | |
2602 | Close(); | |
c3732409 VZ |
2603 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2604 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2605 | // don't let the DefWindowProc() destroy our window - we'll do it |
2606 | // ourselves in ~wxWindow | |
08158721 | 2607 | processed = true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2608 | rc.result = TRUE; |
2609 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2610 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2611 | case WM_SHOWWINDOW: |
2612 | processed = HandleShow(wParam != 0, (int)lParam); | |
2613 | break; | |
3a19e16d | 2614 | |
42e69d6b | 2615 | case WM_MOUSEMOVE: |
132cb640 VZ |
2616 | processed = HandleMouseMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), |
2617 | GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam), | |
2618 | wParam); | |
2619 | break; | |
0d0512bd | 2620 | |
4e5c6c33 | 2621 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
e5297b7f | 2622 | case WM_MOUSELEAVE: |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
2623 | // filter out excess WM_MOUSELEAVE events sent after PopupMenu() (on XP at least) |
2624 | if ( m_mouseInWindow ) | |
e5297b7f | 2625 | { |
4e5c6c33 | 2626 | GenerateMouseLeave(); |
e5297b7f | 2627 | } |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
2628 | |
2629 | // always pass processed back as false, this allows the window | |
2630 | // manager to process the message too. This is needed to | |
2631 | // ensure windows XP themes work properly as the mouse moves | |
2632 | // over widgets like buttons. So don't set processed to true here. | |
51e4e266 | 2633 | break; |
4e5c6c33 | 2634 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
35bbb0c6 | 2635 | |
d2c52078 RD |
2636 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
2637 | case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: | |
2638 | processed = HandleMouseWheel(wParam, lParam); | |
2639 | break; | |
2640 | #endif | |
2641 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2642 | case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: |
2643 | case WM_LBUTTONUP: | |
2644 | case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2645 | case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: | |
2646 | case WM_RBUTTONUP: | |
2647 | case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2648 | case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: | |
2649 | case WM_MBUTTONUP: | |
2650 | case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
dfafa702 | 2651 | { |
98363307 | 2652 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ |
cd4453e5 VZ |
2653 | // MicroWindows seems to ignore the fact that a window is |
2654 | // disabled. So catch mouse events and throw them away if | |
2655 | // necessary. | |
d0a3d109 | 2656 | wxWindowMSW* win = this; |
dfafa702 | 2657 | for ( ;; ) |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2658 | { |
2659 | if (!win->IsEnabled()) | |
2660 | { | |
08158721 | 2661 | processed = true; |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2662 | break; |
2663 | } | |
dfafa702 | 2664 | |
d0a3d109 | 2665 | win = win->GetParent(); |
dfafa702 | 2666 | if ( !win || win->IsTopLevel() ) |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2667 | break; |
2668 | } | |
dfafa702 | 2669 | |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2670 | if ( processed ) |
2671 | break; | |
2672 | ||
dfafa702 | 2673 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2674 | int x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), |
2675 | y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam); | |
dfafa702 | 2676 | |
42b1fb63 | 2677 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
03e0b2b1 | 2678 | // redirect the event to a static control if necessary by |
42b1fb63 VZ |
2679 | // finding one under mouse because under CE the static controls |
2680 | // don't generate mouse events (even with SS_NOTIFY) | |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2681 | wxWindowMSW *win; |
2682 | if ( GetCapture() == this ) | |
2683 | { | |
2684 | // but don't do it if the mouse is captured by this window | |
2685 | // because then it should really get this event itself | |
2686 | win = this; | |
d0a3d109 | 2687 | } |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2688 | else |
2689 | { | |
2690 | win = FindWindowForMouseEvent(this, &x, &y); | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2691 | |
2692 | // this should never happen | |
2693 | wxCHECK_MSG( win, 0, | |
2694 | _T("FindWindowForMouseEvent() returned NULL") ); | |
9f011847 | 2695 | } |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2696 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ |
2697 | if (IsContextMenuEnabled() && message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN) | |
2698 | { | |
2699 | SHRGINFO shrgi = {0}; | |
faa94f3e | 2700 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2701 | shrgi.cbSize = sizeof(SHRGINFO); |
2702 | shrgi.hwndClient = (HWND) GetHWND(); | |
2703 | shrgi.ptDown.x = x; | |
2704 | shrgi.ptDown.y = y; | |
faa94f3e | 2705 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2706 | shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_RETURNCMD; |
2707 | // shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_NOTIFYPARENT; | |
faa94f3e | 2708 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2709 | if (GN_CONTEXTMENU == ::SHRecognizeGesture(&shrgi)) |
2710 | { | |
2711 | wxPoint pt(x, y); | |
2712 | pt = ClientToScreen(pt); | |
faa94f3e | 2713 | |
7d4f65e3 | 2714 | wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt); |
faa94f3e | 2715 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2716 | evtCtx.SetEventObject(this); |
2717 | if (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evtCtx)) | |
f350d4b2 | 2718 | { |
7d4f65e3 | 2719 | processed = true; |
f350d4b2 JS |
2720 | return true; |
2721 | } | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2722 | } |
2723 | } | |
2724 | #endif | |
2725 | ||
42b1fb63 VZ |
2726 | #else // !__WXWINCE__ |
2727 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; | |
2728 | #endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ | |
9f011847 VZ |
2729 | |
2730 | processed = win->HandleMouseEvent(message, x, y, wParam); | |
2b5f62a0 | 2731 | |
9f011847 VZ |
2732 | // if the app didn't eat the event, handle it in the default |
2733 | // way, that is by giving this window the focus | |
2734 | if ( !processed ) | |
2735 | { | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2736 | // for the standard classes their WndProc sets the focus to |
2737 | // them anyhow and doing it from here results in some weird | |
9f011847 | 2738 | // problems, so don't do it for them (unnecessary anyhow) |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2739 | if ( !win->IsOfStandardClass() ) |
2740 | { | |
2741 | if ( message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN && win->AcceptsFocus() ) | |
2742 | win->SetFocus(); | |
2743 | } | |
03e0b2b1 | 2744 | } |
98363307 | 2745 | } |
dfafa702 | 2746 | break; |
d0a3d109 | 2747 | |
cd4453e5 | 2748 | #ifdef MM_JOY1MOVE |
42e69d6b VZ |
2749 | case MM_JOY1MOVE: |
2750 | case MM_JOY2MOVE: | |
2751 | case MM_JOY1ZMOVE: | |
2752 | case MM_JOY2ZMOVE: | |
2753 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN: | |
2754 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN: | |
2755 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP: | |
2756 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP: | |
132cb640 VZ |
2757 | processed = HandleJoystickEvent(message, |
2758 | GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), | |
2759 | GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam), | |
2760 | wParam); | |
42e69d6b | 2761 | break; |
cd4453e5 | 2762 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
47cbd6da | 2763 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2764 | case WM_COMMAND: |
2765 | { | |
2766 | WORD id, cmd; | |
2767 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
2768 | UnpackCommand(wParam, lParam, &id, &hwnd, &cmd); | |
47cbd6da | 2769 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2770 | processed = HandleCommand(id, cmd, hwnd); |
2771 | } | |
2772 | break; | |
7d532b0c | 2773 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2774 | case WM_NOTIFY: |
2775 | processed = HandleNotify((int)wParam, lParam, &rc.result); | |
2776 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 2777 | |
27005f3a VZ |
2778 | // we only need to reply to WM_NOTIFYFORMAT manually when using MSLU, |
2779 | // otherwise DefWindowProc() does it perfectly fine for us, but MSLU | |
2780 | // apparently doesn't always behave properly and needs some help | |
2781 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU && defined(NF_QUERY) | |
2782 | case WM_NOTIFYFORMAT: | |
2783 | if ( lParam == NF_QUERY ) | |
2784 | { | |
2785 | processed = true; | |
2786 | rc.result = NFR_UNICODE; | |
2787 | } | |
2788 | break; | |
2789 | #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU | |
2790 | ||
08158721 | 2791 | // for these messages we must return true if process the message |
cd4453e5 | 2792 | #ifdef WM_DRAWITEM |
42e69d6b VZ |
2793 | case WM_DRAWITEM: |
2794 | case WM_MEASUREITEM: | |
2795 | { | |
2796 | int idCtrl = (UINT)wParam; | |
2797 | if ( message == WM_DRAWITEM ) | |
2798 | { | |
2799 | processed = MSWOnDrawItem(idCtrl, | |
2800 | (WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *)lParam); | |
2801 | } | |
2802 | else | |
2803 | { | |
2804 | processed = MSWOnMeasureItem(idCtrl, | |
2805 | (WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)lParam); | |
2806 | } | |
57a7b7c1 | 2807 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2808 | if ( processed ) |
2809 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
2810 | } | |
2811 | break; | |
cd4453e5 VZ |
2812 | #endif // defined(WM_DRAWITEM) |
2813 | ||
9bf84618 | 2814 | case WM_GETDLGCODE: |
5a403e3f | 2815 | if ( !IsOfStandardClass() ) |
9bf84618 | 2816 | { |
5a403e3f VZ |
2817 | // we always want to get the char events |
2818 | rc.result = DLGC_WANTCHARS; | |
2819 | ||
2820 | if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxWANTS_CHARS ) | |
2821 | { | |
2822 | // in fact, we want everything | |
2823 | rc.result |= DLGC_WANTARROWS | | |
2824 | DLGC_WANTTAB | | |
2825 | DLGC_WANTALLKEYS; | |
2826 | } | |
2827 | ||
08158721 | 2828 | processed = true; |
9bf84618 | 2829 | } |
101f488c | 2830 | //else: get the dlg code from the DefWindowProc() |
9bf84618 VZ |
2831 | break; |
2832 | ||
4004f41e | 2833 | case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: |
42e69d6b | 2834 | case WM_KEYDOWN: |
9c7df356 VZ |
2835 | // If this has been processed by an event handler, return 0 now |
2836 | // (we've handled it). | |
2837 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = HandleKeyDown((WORD) wParam, lParam); | |
2838 | if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed ) | |
2d0a075d | 2839 | { |
08158721 | 2840 | processed = true; |
2d0a075d | 2841 | } |
81d66cf3 | 2842 | |
2b5f62a0 | 2843 | if ( !processed ) |
42e69d6b | 2844 | { |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2845 | switch ( wParam ) |
2846 | { | |
90e572f1 | 2847 | // we consider these messages "not interesting" to OnChar, so |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2848 | // just don't do anything more with them |
2849 | case VK_SHIFT: | |
2850 | case VK_CONTROL: | |
2851 | case VK_MENU: | |
2852 | case VK_CAPITAL: | |
2853 | case VK_NUMLOCK: | |
2854 | case VK_SCROLL: | |
08158721 | 2855 | processed = true; |
2b5f62a0 | 2856 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 2857 | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2858 | // avoid duplicate messages to OnChar for these ASCII keys: |
2859 | // they will be translated by TranslateMessage() and received | |
2860 | // in WM_CHAR | |
2861 | case VK_ESCAPE: | |
2862 | case VK_SPACE: | |
2863 | case VK_RETURN: | |
2864 | case VK_BACK: | |
2865 | case VK_TAB: | |
2866 | case VK_ADD: | |
2867 | case VK_SUBTRACT: | |
2868 | case VK_MULTIPLY: | |
2869 | case VK_DIVIDE: | |
3f2174bb VZ |
2870 | case VK_NUMPAD0: |
2871 | case VK_NUMPAD1: | |
2872 | case VK_NUMPAD2: | |
2873 | case VK_NUMPAD3: | |
2874 | case VK_NUMPAD4: | |
2875 | case VK_NUMPAD5: | |
2876 | case VK_NUMPAD6: | |
2877 | case VK_NUMPAD7: | |
2878 | case VK_NUMPAD8: | |
2879 | case VK_NUMPAD9: | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2880 | case VK_OEM_1: |
2881 | case VK_OEM_2: | |
2882 | case VK_OEM_3: | |
2883 | case VK_OEM_4: | |
2884 | case VK_OEM_5: | |
2885 | case VK_OEM_6: | |
2886 | case VK_OEM_7: | |
2887 | case VK_OEM_PLUS: | |
2888 | case VK_OEM_COMMA: | |
2889 | case VK_OEM_MINUS: | |
2890 | case VK_OEM_PERIOD: | |
08158721 | 2891 | // but set processed to false, not true to still pass them |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2892 | // to the control's default window proc - otherwise |
2893 | // built-in keyboard handling won't work | |
08158721 | 2894 | processed = false; |
2b5f62a0 | 2895 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 2896 | |
42e69d6b | 2897 | #ifdef VK_APPS |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2898 | // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse |
2899 | // click because both usually pop up a context menu | |
2900 | case VK_APPS: | |
ae177b45 | 2901 | processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONDOWN, -1, -1, 0); |
2b5f62a0 | 2902 | break; |
42e69d6b | 2903 | #endif // VK_APPS |
2bda0e17 | 2904 | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2905 | default: |
2906 | // do generate a CHAR event | |
2907 | processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam); | |
2908 | } | |
42e69d6b | 2909 | } |
2b5f62a0 | 2910 | if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN) // Let Windows still handle the SYSKEYs |
08158721 | 2911 | processed = false; |
42e69d6b | 2912 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 2913 | |
4004f41e | 2914 | case WM_SYSKEYUP: |
42e69d6b | 2915 | case WM_KEYUP: |
4aff28fc VZ |
2916 | #ifdef VK_APPS |
2917 | // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse button | |
2918 | if ( wParam == VK_APPS ) | |
2919 | { | |
ae177b45 | 2920 | processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONUP, -1, -1, 0); |
4aff28fc VZ |
2921 | } |
2922 | else | |
2923 | #endif // VK_APPS | |
2924 | { | |
2925 | processed = HandleKeyUp((WORD) wParam, lParam); | |
2926 | } | |
42e69d6b | 2927 | break; |
debe6624 | 2928 | |
170cbe33 | 2929 | case WM_SYSCHAR: |
42e69d6b | 2930 | case WM_CHAR: // Always an ASCII character |
d9f14e16 RD |
2931 | if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed ) |
2932 | { | |
2933 | // The key was handled in the EVT_KEY_DOWN and handling | |
2934 | // a key in an EVT_KEY_DOWN handler is meant, by | |
2935 | // design, to prevent EVT_CHARs from happening | |
08158721 DS |
2936 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = false; |
2937 | processed = true; | |
d9f14e16 RD |
2938 | } |
2939 | else | |
7de5bdf4 | 2940 | { |
08158721 | 2941 | processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam, true); |
7de5bdf4 | 2942 | } |
42e69d6b | 2943 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 2944 | |
5048c832 JS |
2945 | #if wxUSE_HOTKEY |
2946 | case WM_HOTKEY: | |
2947 | processed = HandleHotKey((WORD)wParam, lParam); | |
2948 | break; | |
540b6b09 | 2949 | #endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY |
5048c832 | 2950 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2951 | case WM_HSCROLL: |
2952 | case WM_VSCROLL: | |
a23fd0e1 | 2953 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2954 | WXWORD code, pos; |
2955 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
2956 | UnpackScroll(wParam, lParam, &code, &pos, &hwnd); | |
2bda0e17 | 2957 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2958 | processed = MSWOnScroll(message == WM_HSCROLL ? wxHORIZONTAL |
2959 | : wxVERTICAL, | |
2960 | code, pos, hwnd); | |
a23fd0e1 | 2961 | } |
42e69d6b | 2962 | break; |
a23fd0e1 | 2963 | |
42e69d6b | 2964 | // CTLCOLOR messages are sent by children to query the parent for their |
01c500af | 2965 | // colors |
04ef50df | 2966 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
2967 | case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX: |
2968 | case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT: | |
2969 | case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX: | |
2970 | case WM_CTLCOLORBTN: | |
2971 | case WM_CTLCOLORDLG: | |
2972 | case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR: | |
2973 | case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC: | |
a23fd0e1 | 2974 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2975 | WXHDC hdc; |
2976 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
01c500af | 2977 | UnpackCtlColor(wParam, lParam, &hdc, &hwnd); |
42e69d6b | 2978 | |
48fa6bd3 | 2979 | processed = HandleCtlColor(&rc.hBrush, (WXHDC)hdc, (WXHWND)hwnd); |
a23fd0e1 | 2980 | } |
42e69d6b | 2981 | break; |
cd4453e5 | 2982 | #endif // !__WXMICROWIN__ |
debe6624 | 2983 | |
42e69d6b | 2984 | case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE: |
90c1530a | 2985 | // the return value for this message is ignored |
42e69d6b VZ |
2986 | processed = HandleSysColorChange(); |
2987 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 2988 | |
7f0586ef | 2989 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
574c939e KB |
2990 | case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE: |
2991 | processed = HandleDisplayChange(); | |
2992 | break; | |
7f0586ef | 2993 | #endif |
574c939e | 2994 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2995 | case WM_PALETTECHANGED: |
2996 | processed = HandlePaletteChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) wParam); | |
2997 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 2998 | |
a5e84126 JS |
2999 | case WM_CAPTURECHANGED: |
3000 | processed = HandleCaptureChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) lParam); | |
3001 | break; | |
3002 | ||
3c96418b JG |
3003 | case WM_SETTINGCHANGE: |
3004 | processed = HandleSettingChange(wParam, lParam); | |
3005 | break; | |
3006 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3007 | case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE: |
3008 | processed = HandleQueryNewPalette(); | |
3009 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3010 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3011 | case WM_ERASEBKGND: |
3012 | processed = HandleEraseBkgnd((WXHDC)(HDC)wParam); | |
3013 | if ( processed ) | |
3014 | { | |
3015 | // we processed the message, i.e. erased the background | |
3016 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3017 | } | |
3018 | break; | |
debe6624 | 3019 | |
7f0586ef | 3020 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
42e69d6b VZ |
3021 | case WM_DROPFILES: |
3022 | processed = HandleDropFiles(wParam); | |
3023 | break; | |
7f0586ef | 3024 | #endif |
2bda0e17 | 3025 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3026 | case WM_INITDIALOG: |
3027 | processed = HandleInitDialog((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam); | |
a23fd0e1 | 3028 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3029 | if ( processed ) |
3030 | { | |
3031 | // we never set focus from here | |
3032 | rc.result = FALSE; | |
3033 | } | |
3034 | break; | |
a23fd0e1 | 3035 | |
7f0586ef | 3036 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
42e69d6b VZ |
3037 | case WM_QUERYENDSESSION: |
3038 | processed = HandleQueryEndSession(lParam, &rc.allow); | |
3039 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3040 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3041 | case WM_ENDSESSION: |
3042 | processed = HandleEndSession(wParam != 0, lParam); | |
3043 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3044 | |
42e69d6b | 3045 | case WM_GETMINMAXINFO: |
25889d3c | 3046 | processed = HandleGetMinMaxInfo((MINMAXINFO*)lParam); |
42e69d6b | 3047 | break; |
7f0586ef | 3048 | #endif |
debe6624 | 3049 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3050 | case WM_SETCURSOR: |
3051 | processed = HandleSetCursor((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam, | |
3052 | LOWORD(lParam), // hit test | |
3053 | HIWORD(lParam)); // mouse msg | |
3054 | ||
3055 | if ( processed ) | |
3056 | { | |
3057 | // returning TRUE stops the DefWindowProc() from further | |
3058 | // processing this message - exactly what we need because we've | |
3059 | // just set the cursor. | |
3060 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3061 | } | |
3062 | break; | |
4cdc2c13 | 3063 | |
ed5317e5 JS |
3064 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY |
3065 | case WM_GETOBJECT: | |
3066 | { | |
3067 | //WPARAM dwFlags = (WPARAM) (DWORD) wParam; | |
3068 | LPARAM dwObjId = (LPARAM) (DWORD) lParam; | |
3069 | ||
66b9ec3d | 3070 | if (dwObjId == (LPARAM)OBJID_CLIENT && GetOrCreateAccessible()) |
ed5317e5 JS |
3071 | { |
3072 | return LresultFromObject(IID_IAccessible, wParam, (IUnknown*) GetAccessible()->GetIAccessible()); | |
3073 | } | |
3074 | break; | |
3075 | } | |
3076 | #endif | |
3077 | ||
e39af974 | 3078 | #if defined(WM_HELP) |
b96340e6 | 3079 | case WM_HELP: |
b96340e6 | 3080 | { |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3081 | // by default, WM_HELP is propagated by DefWindowProc() upwards |
3082 | // to the window parent but as we do it ourselves already | |
3083 | // (wxHelpEvent is derived from wxCommandEvent), we don't want | |
3084 | // to get the other events if we process this message at all | |
3085 | processed = true; | |
3086 | ||
3087 | // WM_HELP doesn't use lParam under CE | |
7f0586ef | 3088 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
4cdc2c13 | 3089 | HELPINFO* info = (HELPINFO*) lParam; |
a9c11b71 | 3090 | if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_WINDOW ) |
b96340e6 | 3091 | { |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3092 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
3093 | wxHelpEvent helpEvent | |
3094 | ( | |
3095 | wxEVT_HELP, | |
3096 | GetId(), | |
7f0586ef | 3097 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
2d4ec362 | 3098 | wxGetMousePosition() // what else? |
7f0586ef | 3099 | #else |
a9c11b71 | 3100 | wxPoint(info->MousePos.x, info->MousePos.y) |
7f0586ef | 3101 | #endif |
a9c11b71 | 3102 | ); |
b96340e6 | 3103 | |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3104 | helpEvent.SetEventObject(this); |
3105 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent); | |
7f0586ef | 3106 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
b96340e6 | 3107 | } |
a9c11b71 | 3108 | else if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_MENUITEM ) |
4cdc2c13 VZ |
3109 | { |
3110 | wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP, info->iCtrlId); | |
3111 | helpEvent.SetEventObject(this); | |
a9c11b71 | 3112 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent); |
69231000 | 3113 | |
4cdc2c13 | 3114 | } |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3115 | else // unknown help event? |
3116 | { | |
3117 | processed = false; | |
3118 | } | |
3119 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
b96340e6 | 3120 | } |
b96340e6 | 3121 | break; |
a9c11b71 | 3122 | #endif // WM_HELP |
4cdc2c13 | 3123 | |
7f0586ef | 3124 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
69231000 | 3125 | case WM_CONTEXTMENU: |
4cdc2c13 VZ |
3126 | { |
3127 | // we don't convert from screen to client coordinates as | |
3128 | // the event may be handled by a parent window | |
3129 | wxPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); | |
3130 | ||
3131 | wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt); | |
2d1715aa VZ |
3132 | |
3133 | // we could have got an event from our child, reflect it back | |
3134 | // to it if this is the case | |
d85c53a5 | 3135 | wxWindowMSW *win = NULL; |
c140b7e7 | 3136 | if ( (WXHWND)wParam != m_hWnd ) |
2d1715aa VZ |
3137 | { |
3138 | win = FindItemByHWND((WXHWND)wParam); | |
3139 | } | |
3140 | ||
3141 | if ( !win ) | |
3142 | win = this; | |
3143 | ||
3144 | evtCtx.SetEventObject(win); | |
3145 | processed = win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evtCtx); | |
4cdc2c13 | 3146 | } |
69231000 | 3147 | break; |
7f0586ef | 3148 | #endif |
b74cce40 VZ |
3149 | |
3150 | case WM_MENUCHAR: | |
3151 | // we're only interested in our own menus, not MF_SYSMENU | |
3152 | if ( HIWORD(wParam) == MF_POPUP ) | |
3153 | { | |
3154 | // handle menu chars for ownerdrawn menu items | |
3155 | int i = HandleMenuChar(toupper(LOWORD(wParam)), lParam); | |
3156 | if ( i != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3157 | { | |
3158 | rc.result = MAKELRESULT(i, MNC_EXECUTE); | |
08158721 | 3159 | processed = true; |
b74cce40 VZ |
3160 | } |
3161 | } | |
3162 | break; | |
355debca | 3163 | |
dbc74bcc | 3164 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
355debca VZ |
3165 | case WM_POWERBROADCAST: |
3166 | { | |
3167 | bool vetoed; | |
3168 | processed = HandlePower(wParam, lParam, &vetoed); | |
3169 | rc.result = processed && vetoed ? BROADCAST_QUERY_DENY : TRUE; | |
3170 | } | |
3171 | break; | |
dbc74bcc | 3172 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ |
a23fd0e1 | 3173 | } |
2d0a075d | 3174 | |
42e69d6b | 3175 | if ( !processed ) |
2d0a075d | 3176 | { |
42e69d6b | 3177 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ |
223d09f6 | 3178 | wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, wxT("Forwarding %s to DefWindowProc."), |
42e69d6b VZ |
3179 | wxGetMessageName(message)); |
3180 | #endif // __WXDEBUG__ | |
3181 | rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); | |
a23fd0e1 | 3182 | } |
2bda0e17 | 3183 | |
42e69d6b | 3184 | return rc.result; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3185 | } |
3186 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3187 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3188 | // wxWindow <-> HWND map | |
3189 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2bda0e17 | 3190 | |
1bffa913 | 3191 | wxWinHashTable *wxWinHandleHash = NULL; |
b225f659 | 3192 | |
42e69d6b | 3193 | wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd) |
4ce81a75 | 3194 | { |
40ad3426 | 3195 | return (wxWindow*)wxWinHandleHash->Get((long)hWnd); |
42e69d6b | 3196 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3197 | |
1e6feb95 | 3198 | void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win) |
42e69d6b VZ |
3199 | { |
3200 | // adding NULL hWnd is (first) surely a result of an error and | |
3201 | // (secondly) breaks menu command processing | |
3202 | wxCHECK_RET( hWnd != (HWND)NULL, | |
223d09f6 | 3203 | wxT("attempt to add a NULL hWnd to window list ignored") ); |
4ce81a75 | 3204 | |
c7527e3f | 3205 | wxWindow *oldWin = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd); |
b225f659 | 3206 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ |
c7527e3f JS |
3207 | if ( oldWin && (oldWin != win) ) |
3208 | { | |
b225f659 | 3209 | wxLogDebug(wxT("HWND %X already associated with another window (%s)"), |
9b601c24 | 3210 | (int) hWnd, win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName()); |
c7527e3f | 3211 | } |
b225f659 VZ |
3212 | else |
3213 | #endif // __WXDEBUG__ | |
3214 | if (!oldWin) | |
c7527e3f | 3215 | { |
d2d14464 | 3216 | wxWinHandleHash->Put((long)hWnd, (wxWindow *)win); |
c7527e3f | 3217 | } |
42e69d6b | 3218 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3219 | |
1e6feb95 | 3220 | void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win) |
42e69d6b | 3221 | { |
1bffa913 | 3222 | wxWinHandleHash->Delete((long)win->GetHWND()); |
4ce81a75 JS |
3223 | } |
3224 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3225 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3226 | // various MSW speciic class dependent functions | |
3227 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3228 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3229 | // Default destroyer - override if you destroy it in some other way |
3230 | // (e.g. with MDI child windows) | |
1e6feb95 | 3231 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWDestroyWindow() |
4ce81a75 | 3232 | { |
42e69d6b | 3233 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3234 | |
b225f659 VZ |
3235 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos, |
3236 | const wxSize& size, | |
3237 | int& x, int& y, | |
3238 | int& w, int& h) const | |
2bda0e17 | 3239 | { |
9cb57df4 | 3240 | // yes, those are just some arbitrary hardcoded numbers |
2a77c8c4 | 3241 | static const int DEFAULT_Y = 200; |
2a77c8c4 | 3242 | |
08158721 | 3243 | bool nonDefault = false; |
c085e333 | 3244 | |
422d0ff0 | 3245 | if ( pos.x == wxDefaultCoord ) |
b225f659 | 3246 | { |
9cb57df4 VZ |
3247 | // if x is set to CW_USEDEFAULT, y parameter is ignored anyhow so we |
3248 | // can just as well set it to CW_USEDEFAULT as well | |
b225f659 VZ |
3249 | x = |
3250 | y = CW_USEDEFAULT; | |
3251 | } | |
3252 | else | |
a23fd0e1 | 3253 | { |
2a77c8c4 VZ |
3254 | // OTOH, if x is not set to CW_USEDEFAULT, y shouldn't be set to it |
3255 | // neither because it is not handled as a special value by Windows then | |
3256 | // and so we have to choose some default value for it | |
b225f659 | 3257 | x = pos.x; |
422d0ff0 | 3258 | y = pos.y == wxDefaultCoord ? DEFAULT_Y : pos.y; |
c085e333 | 3259 | |
08158721 | 3260 | nonDefault = true; |
42e69d6b | 3261 | } |
2bda0e17 | 3262 | |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3263 | /* |
3264 | NB: there used to be some code here which set the initial size of the | |
3265 | window to the client size of the parent if no explicit size was | |
77ffb593 | 3266 | specified. This was wrong because wxWidgets programs often assume |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3267 | that they get a WM_SIZE (EVT_SIZE) upon creation, however this broke |
3268 | it. To see why, you should understand that Windows sends WM_SIZE from | |
3269 | inside ::CreateWindow() anyhow. However, ::CreateWindow() is called | |
3270 | from some base class ctor and so this WM_SIZE is not processed in the | |
3271 | real class' OnSize() (because it's not fully constructed yet and the | |
3272 | event goes to some base class OnSize() instead). So the WM_SIZE we | |
3273 | rely on is the one sent when the parent frame resizes its children | |
3274 | but here is the problem: if the child already has just the right | |
77ffb593 | 3275 | size, nothing will happen as both wxWidgets and Windows check for |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3276 | this and ignore any attempts to change the window size to the size it |
3277 | already has - so no WM_SIZE would be sent. | |
3278 | */ | |
b225f659 | 3279 | |
35bbb0c6 | 3280 | |
426936d1 RD |
3281 | // we don't use CW_USEDEFAULT here for several reasons: |
3282 | // | |
3283 | // 1. it results in huge frames on modern screens (1000*800 is not | |
3284 | // uncommon on my 1280*1024 screen) which is way too big for a half | |
77ffb593 | 3285 | // empty frame of most of wxWidgets samples for example) |
426936d1 RD |
3286 | // |
3287 | // 2. it is buggy for frames with wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW style for which | |
3288 | // the default is for whatever reason 8*8 which breaks client <-> | |
3289 | // window size calculations (it would be nice if it didn't, but it | |
3290 | // does and the simplest way to fix it seemed to change the broken | |
3291 | // default size anyhow) | |
3292 | // | |
3293 | // 3. there is just no advantage in doing it: with x and y it is | |
3294 | // possible that [future versions of] Windows position the new top | |
3295 | // level window in some smart way which we can't do, but we can | |
3296 | // guess a reasonably good size for a new window just as well | |
3297 | // ourselves | |
960b193e | 3298 | |
3a3c8603 DS |
3299 | // However, on PocketPC devices, we must use the default |
3300 | // size if possible. | |
960b193e | 3301 | #ifdef _WIN32_WCE |
422d0ff0 | 3302 | if (size.x == wxDefaultCoord) |
3a3c8603 DS |
3303 | w = CW_USEDEFAULT; |
3304 | else | |
3305 | w = size.x; | |
422d0ff0 | 3306 | if (size.y == wxDefaultCoord) |
3a3c8603 DS |
3307 | h = CW_USEDEFAULT; |
3308 | else | |
3309 | h = size.y; | |
960b193e | 3310 | #else |
422d0ff0 | 3311 | if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord || size.y == wxDefaultCoord) |
426936d1 | 3312 | { |
08158721 | 3313 | nonDefault = true; |
8614c467 | 3314 | } |
426936d1 RD |
3315 | w = WidthDefault(size.x); |
3316 | h = HeightDefault(size.y); | |
960b193e | 3317 | #endif |
8614c467 | 3318 | |
4e9d23cd VZ |
3319 | AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y); |
3320 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3321 | return nonDefault; |
3322 | } | |
3323 | ||
9dfef5ac VZ |
3324 | WXHWND wxWindowMSW::MSWGetParent() const |
3325 | { | |
d285d708 | 3326 | return m_parent ? m_parent->GetHWND() : WXHWND(NULL); |
9dfef5ac VZ |
3327 | } |
3328 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3329 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass, |
3330 | const wxChar *title, | |
3331 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
3332 | const wxSize& size, | |
3333 | WXDWORD style, | |
3334 | WXDWORD extendedStyle) | |
3335 | { | |
3336 | // choose the position/size for the new window | |
3337 | int x, y, w, h; | |
3338 | (void)MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(pos, size, x, y, w, h); | |
3339 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3340 | // controlId is menu handle for the top level windows, so set it to 0 |
3341 | // unless we're creating a child window | |
f586fde3 | 3342 | int controlId = style & WS_CHILD ? GetId() : 0; |
2bda0e17 | 3343 | |
b225f659 VZ |
3344 | // for each class "Foo" we have we also have "FooNR" ("no repaint") class |
3345 | // which is the same but without CS_[HV]REDRAW class styles so using it | |
3346 | // ensures that the window is not fully repainted on each resize | |
3347 | wxString className(wclass); | |
e441e1f4 | 3348 | if ( !HasFlag(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) ) |
b225f659 VZ |
3349 | { |
3350 | className += wxT("NR"); | |
a23fd0e1 | 3351 | } |
c085e333 | 3352 | |
b225f659 VZ |
3353 | // do create the window |
3354 | wxWindowCreationHook hook(this); | |
b3daa5a3 | 3355 | |
5e67eb97 VZ |
3356 | m_hWnd = (WXHWND)::CreateWindowEx |
3357 | ( | |
3358 | extendedStyle, | |
3359 | className, | |
3360 | title ? title : m_windowName.c_str(), | |
3361 | style, | |
3362 | x, y, w, h, | |
3363 | (HWND)MSWGetParent(), | |
3364 | (HMENU)controlId, | |
3365 | wxGetInstance(), | |
3366 | NULL // no extra data | |
3367 | ); | |
b225f659 VZ |
3368 | |
3369 | if ( !m_hWnd ) | |
c7527e3f | 3370 | { |
5e67eb97 | 3371 | wxLogSysError(_("Can't create window of class %s"), className.c_str()); |
b225f659 | 3372 | |
08158721 | 3373 | return false; |
c7527e3f | 3374 | } |
b3daa5a3 | 3375 | |
b225f659 | 3376 | SubclassWin(m_hWnd); |
c085e333 | 3377 | |
08158721 | 3378 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3379 | } |
3380 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3381 | // =========================================================================== |
3382 | // MSW message handlers | |
3383 | // =========================================================================== | |
3384 | ||
3385 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3386 | // WM_NOTIFY | |
3387 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3388 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3389 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result) |
2bda0e17 | 3390 | { |
04ef50df | 3391 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
3392 | LPNMHDR hdr = (LPNMHDR)lParam; |
3393 | HWND hWnd = hdr->hwndFrom; | |
3394 | wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hWnd); | |
3395 | ||
2b15b970 | 3396 | // if the control is one of our windows, let it handle the message itself |
42e69d6b | 3397 | if ( win ) |
564b2609 | 3398 | { |
42e69d6b | 3399 | return win->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result); |
564b2609 | 3400 | } |
2bda0e17 | 3401 | |
2b15b970 VZ |
3402 | // VZ: why did we do it? normally this is unnecessary and, besides, it |
3403 | // breaks the message processing for the toolbars because the tooltip | |
3404 | // notifications were being forwarded to the toolbar child controls | |
3405 | // (if it had any) before being passed to the toolbar itself, so in my | |
3406 | // example the tooltip for the combobox was always shown instead of the | |
3407 | // correct button tooltips | |
3408 | #if 0 | |
42e69d6b | 3409 | // try all our children |
222ed1d6 | 3410 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
42e69d6b | 3411 | while ( node ) |
564b2609 | 3412 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3413 | wxWindow *child = node->GetData(); |
3414 | if ( child->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result) ) | |
3415 | { | |
08158721 | 3416 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 3417 | } |
2d0a075d | 3418 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3419 | node = node->GetNext(); |
3420 | } | |
2b15b970 | 3421 | #endif // 0 |
2d0a075d | 3422 | |
2b15b970 | 3423 | // by default, handle it ourselves |
42e69d6b | 3424 | return MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result); |
cd4453e5 | 3425 | #else // __WXMICROWIN__ |
08158721 | 3426 | return false; |
04ef50df | 3427 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 3428 | } |
2d0a075d | 3429 | |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3430 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
3431 | ||
3432 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleTooltipNotify(WXUINT code, | |
3433 | WXLPARAM lParam, | |
3434 | const wxString& ttip) | |
3435 | { | |
3436 | // I don't know why it happens, but the versions of comctl32.dll starting | |
3437 | // from 4.70 sometimes send TTN_NEEDTEXTW even to ANSI programs (normally, | |
3438 | // this message is supposed to be sent to Unicode programs only) -- hence | |
3439 | // we need to handle it as well, otherwise no tooltips will be shown in | |
3440 | // this case | |
7f0586ef | 3441 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
118208ac VZ |
3442 | if ( !(code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTA || code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW) |
3443 | || ttip.empty() ) | |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3444 | { |
3445 | // not a tooltip message or no tooltip to show anyhow | |
08158721 | 3446 | return false; |
bd9cd534 | 3447 | } |
7f0586ef | 3448 | #endif |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3449 | |
3450 | LPTOOLTIPTEXT ttText = (LPTOOLTIPTEXT)lParam; | |
3451 | ||
118208ac VZ |
3452 | // We don't want to use the szText buffer because it has a limit of 80 |
3453 | // bytes and this is not enough, especially for Unicode build where it | |
3454 | // limits the tooltip string length to only 40 characters | |
3455 | // | |
3456 | // The best would be, of course, to not impose any length limitations at | |
3457 | // all but then the buffer would have to be dynamic and someone would have | |
3458 | // to free it and we don't have the tooltip owner object here any more, so | |
3459 | // for now use our own static buffer with a higher fixed max length. | |
3460 | // | |
3461 | // Note that using a static buffer should not be a problem as only a single | |
3462 | // tooltip can be shown at the same time anyhow. | |
2b5f62a0 | 3463 | #if !wxUSE_UNICODE |
118208ac | 3464 | if ( code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW ) |
bd9cd534 | 3465 | { |
118208ac VZ |
3466 | // We need to convert tooltip from multi byte to Unicode on the fly. |
3467 | static wchar_t buf[513]; | |
25c46fda | 3468 | |
118208ac VZ |
3469 | // Truncate tooltip length if needed as otherwise we might not have |
3470 | // enough space for it in the buffer and MultiByteToWideChar() would | |
3471 | // return an error | |
fec9cc08 | 3472 | size_t tipLength = wxMin(ttip.length(), WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1); |
7afebc8c JS |
3473 | |
3474 | // Convert to WideChar without adding the NULL character. The NULL | |
25c46fda | 3475 | // character is added afterwards (this is more efficient). |
118208ac VZ |
3476 | int len = ::MultiByteToWideChar |
3477 | ( | |
3478 | CP_ACP, | |
3479 | 0, // no flags | |
3480 | ttip, | |
3481 | tipLength, | |
3482 | buf, | |
3483 | WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1 | |
3484 | ); | |
3485 | ||
3486 | if ( !len ) | |
3487 | { | |
3488 | wxLogLastError(_T("MultiByteToWideChar()")); | |
3489 | } | |
7afebc8c | 3490 | |
118208ac VZ |
3491 | buf[len] = L'\0'; |
3492 | ttText->lpszText = (LPSTR) buf; | |
3493 | } | |
3494 | else // TTN_NEEDTEXTA | |
3495 | #endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE | |
3496 | { | |
3497 | // we get here if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTA (only happens in ANSI build) or | |
3498 | // if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTW in Unicode build: in this case we just have | |
3499 | // to copy the string we have into the buffer | |
3500 | static wxChar buf[513]; | |
3501 | wxStrncpy(buf, ttip.c_str(), WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1); | |
3502 | buf[WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1] = _T('\0'); | |
3503 | ttText->lpszText = buf; | |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3504 | } |
3505 | ||
08158721 | 3506 | return true; |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3507 | } |
3508 | ||
3509 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
3510 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3511 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnNotify(int WXUNUSED(idCtrl), |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3512 | WXLPARAM lParam, |
3513 | WXLPARAM* WXUNUSED(result)) | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3514 | { |
3515 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
bd9cd534 | 3516 | if ( m_tooltip ) |
42e69d6b | 3517 | { |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3518 | NMHDR* hdr = (NMHDR *)lParam; |
3519 | if ( HandleTooltipNotify(hdr->code, lParam, m_tooltip->GetTip())) | |
3520 | { | |
3521 | // processed | |
08158721 | 3522 | return true; |
bd9cd534 | 3523 | } |
42e69d6b | 3524 | } |
f5dd1cf1 WS |
3525 | #else |
3526 | wxUnusedVar(lParam); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3527 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
3528 | ||
08158721 | 3529 | return false; |
42e69d6b | 3530 | } |
2b15b970 | 3531 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3532 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3533 | // end session messages | |
3534 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2d0a075d | 3535 | |
1e6feb95 | 3536 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd) |
42e69d6b | 3537 | { |
040e5f77 | 3538 | #ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF |
abb74e0f | 3539 | wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY); |
42e69d6b | 3540 | event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp); |
08158721 | 3541 | event.SetCanVeto(true); |
a17e237f | 3542 | event.SetLoggingOff(logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF); |
2d0a075d | 3543 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3544 | bool rc = wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event); |
3545 | ||
3546 | if ( rc ) | |
3547 | { | |
3548 | // we may end only if the app didn't veto session closing (double | |
3549 | // negation...) | |
3550 | *mayEnd = !event.GetVeto(); | |
2d0a075d JS |
3551 | } |
3552 | ||
42e69d6b | 3553 | return rc; |
7f0586ef | 3554 | #else |
040e5f77 VZ |
3555 | wxUnusedVar(logOff); |
3556 | wxUnusedVar(mayEnd); | |
08158721 | 3557 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 3558 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
3559 | } |
3560 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3561 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff) |
2bda0e17 | 3562 | { |
040e5f77 | 3563 | #ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF |
42e69d6b VZ |
3564 | // do nothing if the session isn't ending |
3565 | if ( !endSession ) | |
08158721 | 3566 | return false; |
a23fd0e1 | 3567 | |
519dc37f VZ |
3568 | // only send once |
3569 | if ( (this != wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) ) | |
08158721 | 3570 | return false; |
519dc37f | 3571 | |
abb74e0f | 3572 | wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY); |
42e69d6b | 3573 | event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp); |
08158721 | 3574 | event.SetCanVeto(false); |
a17e237f | 3575 | event.SetLoggingOff( (logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) ); |
519dc37f VZ |
3576 | |
3577 | return wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event); | |
7f0586ef | 3578 | #else |
040e5f77 VZ |
3579 | wxUnusedVar(endSession); |
3580 | wxUnusedVar(logOff); | |
08158721 | 3581 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 3582 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
3583 | } |
3584 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3585 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3586 | // window creation/destruction | |
3587 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3588 | ||
0c0d1521 WS |
3589 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(cs), |
3590 | bool *mayCreate) | |
61179e28 | 3591 | { |
ee471817 VZ |
3592 | // VZ: why is this commented out for WinCE? If it doesn't support |
3593 | // WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT at all it should be somehow handled globally, | |
3594 | // not with multiple #ifdef's! | |
7f0586ef | 3595 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
61179e28 | 3596 | if ( ((CREATESTRUCT *)cs)->dwExStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT ) |
ee471817 VZ |
3597 | EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent()); |
3598 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
61179e28 | 3599 | |
08158721 | 3600 | *mayCreate = true; |
42e69d6b | 3601 | |
08158721 | 3602 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3603 | } |
3604 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3605 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDestroy() |
2bda0e17 | 3606 | { |
7de59551 | 3607 | SendDestroyEvent(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
3608 | |
3609 | // delete our drop target if we've got one | |
3610 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP | |
3611 | if ( m_dropTarget != NULL ) | |
2d0a075d | 3612 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3613 | m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd); |
3614 | ||
3615 | delete m_dropTarget; | |
3616 | m_dropTarget = NULL; | |
2d0a075d | 3617 | } |
42e69d6b | 3618 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
2bda0e17 | 3619 | |
42e69d6b | 3620 | // WM_DESTROY handled |
08158721 | 3621 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3622 | } |
3623 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3624 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3625 | // activation/focus | |
3626 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3627 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3628 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleActivate(int state, |
42e69d6b VZ |
3629 | bool WXUNUSED(minimized), |
3630 | WXHWND WXUNUSED(activate)) | |
2bda0e17 | 3631 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3632 | wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, |
3633 | (state == WA_ACTIVE) || (state == WA_CLICKACTIVE), | |
3634 | m_windowId); | |
3635 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
3636 | ||
3637 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3638 | } | |
3639 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3640 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetFocus(WXHWND hwnd) |
42e69d6b | 3641 | { |
c7aee865 RD |
3642 | // Strangly enough, some controls get set focus events when they are being |
3643 | // deleted, even if they already had focus before. | |
3644 | if ( m_isBeingDeleted ) | |
3645 | { | |
3646 | return false; | |
3647 | } | |
35bbb0c6 | 3648 | |
456bc6d9 VZ |
3649 | // notify the parent keeping track of focus for the kbd navigation |
3650 | // purposes that we got it | |
e72aa7f5 | 3651 | wxChildFocusEvent eventFocus((wxWindow *)this); |
456bc6d9 VZ |
3652 | (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventFocus); |
3653 | ||
789295bf | 3654 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 3655 | // Deal with caret |
789295bf | 3656 | if ( m_caret ) |
2d0a075d | 3657 | { |
789295bf | 3658 | m_caret->OnSetFocus(); |
2bda0e17 | 3659 | } |
789295bf | 3660 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 3661 | |
ab93a576 RD |
3662 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL |
3663 | // If it's a wxTextCtrl don't send the event as it will be done | |
456bc6d9 VZ |
3664 | // after the control gets to process it from EN_FOCUS handler |
3665 | if ( wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl) ) | |
ab93a576 | 3666 | { |
08158721 | 3667 | return false; |
ab93a576 | 3668 | } |
456bc6d9 | 3669 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL |
ab93a576 | 3670 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3671 | wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, m_windowId); |
3672 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
3673 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
3674 | // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok |
3675 | event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd)); | |
3676 | ||
42e69d6b | 3677 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
3678 | } |
3679 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3680 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 3681 | { |
789295bf | 3682 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 3683 | // Deal with caret |
789295bf | 3684 | if ( m_caret ) |
2d0a075d | 3685 | { |
789295bf | 3686 | m_caret->OnKillFocus(); |
2bda0e17 | 3687 | } |
789295bf | 3688 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 3689 | |
ab93a576 RD |
3690 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL |
3691 | // If it's a wxTextCtrl don't send the event as it will be done | |
3692 | // after the control gets to process it. | |
3693 | wxTextCtrl *ctrl = wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl); | |
3694 | if ( ctrl ) | |
3695 | { | |
08158721 | 3696 | return false; |
ab93a576 RD |
3697 | } |
3698 | #endif | |
3699 | ||
2913e597 RD |
3700 | // Don't send the event when in the process of being deleted. This can |
3701 | // only cause problems if the event handler tries to access the object. | |
3702 | if ( m_isBeingDeleted ) | |
3703 | { | |
08158721 | 3704 | return false; |
2913e597 RD |
3705 | } |
3706 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3707 | wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, m_windowId); |
3708 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
3709 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
3710 | // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok |
3711 | event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd)); | |
3712 | ||
42e69d6b | 3713 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
3714 | } |
3715 | ||
faa49bfd WS |
3716 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3717 | // labels | |
3718 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3719 | ||
3720 | void wxWindowMSW::SetLabel( const wxString& label) | |
3721 | { | |
3722 | SetWindowText(GetHwnd(), label.c_str()); | |
3723 | } | |
3724 | ||
3725 | wxString wxWindowMSW::GetLabel() const | |
3726 | { | |
3727 | return wxGetWindowText(GetHWND()); | |
3728 | } | |
3729 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3730 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3731 | // miscellaneous | |
3732 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3733 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3734 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleShow(bool show, int WXUNUSED(status)) |
2bda0e17 | 3735 | { |
42e69d6b | 3736 | wxShowEvent event(GetId(), show); |
687706f5 | 3737 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
42e69d6b VZ |
3738 | |
3739 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
3740 | } |
3741 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3742 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleInitDialog(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWndFocus)) |
2bda0e17 | 3743 | { |
42e69d6b | 3744 | wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId()); |
687706f5 | 3745 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
42e69d6b VZ |
3746 | |
3747 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
3748 | } |
3749 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3750 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam) |
2bda0e17 | 3751 | { |
7f0586ef | 3752 | #if defined (__WXMICROWIN__) || defined(__WXWINCE__) |
35bbb0c6 | 3753 | wxUnusedVar(wParam); |
08158721 | 3754 | return false; |
4ce1efe1 | 3755 | #else // __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b | 3756 | HDROP hFilesInfo = (HDROP) wParam; |
42e69d6b VZ |
3757 | |
3758 | // Get the total number of files dropped | |
c3c39620 | 3759 | UINT gwFilesDropped = ::DragQueryFile |
f6bcfd97 BP |
3760 | ( |
3761 | (HDROP)hFilesInfo, | |
3762 | (UINT)-1, | |
3763 | (LPTSTR)0, | |
3764 | (UINT)0 | |
3765 | ); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3766 | |
3767 | wxString *files = new wxString[gwFilesDropped]; | |
c3c39620 | 3768 | for ( UINT wIndex = 0; wIndex < gwFilesDropped; wIndex++ ) |
2d0a075d | 3769 | { |
c3c39620 VZ |
3770 | // first get the needed buffer length (+1 for terminating NUL) |
3771 | size_t len = ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex, NULL, 0) + 1; | |
3772 | ||
3773 | // and now get the file name | |
3774 | ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex, | |
de564874 | 3775 | wxStringBuffer(files[wIndex], len), len); |
2d0a075d | 3776 | } |
42e69d6b | 3777 | DragFinish (hFilesInfo); |
2bda0e17 | 3778 | |
42e69d6b | 3779 | wxDropFilesEvent event(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, gwFilesDropped, files); |
687706f5 | 3780 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
c3c39620 VZ |
3781 | |
3782 | POINT dropPoint; | |
3783 | DragQueryPoint(hFilesInfo, (LPPOINT) &dropPoint); | |
b3dc8a3e VZ |
3784 | event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.x; |
3785 | event.m_pos.y = dropPoint.y; | |
42e69d6b | 3786 | |
c3c39620 | 3787 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
04ef50df | 3788 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
3789 | } |
3790 | ||
cc972ac6 | 3791 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
3792 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd), |
3793 | short nHitTest, | |
3794 | int WXUNUSED(mouseMsg)) | |
2bda0e17 | 3795 | { |
04ef50df | 3796 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
bfbd6dc1 | 3797 | // the logic is as follows: |
43b5058d VZ |
3798 | // -1. don't set cursor for non client area, including but not limited to |
3799 | // the title bar, scrollbars, &c | |
3800 | // 0. allow the user to override default behaviour by using EVT_SET_CURSOR | |
bfbd6dc1 VZ |
3801 | // 1. if we have the cursor set it unless wxIsBusy() |
3802 | // 2. if we're a top level window, set some cursor anyhow | |
3803 | // 3. if wxIsBusy(), set the busy cursor, otherwise the global one | |
42e69d6b | 3804 | |
43b5058d VZ |
3805 | if ( nHitTest != HTCLIENT ) |
3806 | { | |
08158721 | 3807 | return false; |
43b5058d VZ |
3808 | } |
3809 | ||
bfbd6dc1 | 3810 | HCURSOR hcursor = 0; |
43b5058d VZ |
3811 | |
3812 | // first ask the user code - it may wish to set the cursor in some very | |
3813 | // specific way (for example, depending on the current position) | |
3814 | POINT pt; | |
f2325516 | 3815 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
7d30268c | 3816 | if ( !::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt)) |
f2325516 | 3817 | #else |
43b5058d | 3818 | if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) ) |
3fca879c | 3819 | #endif |
43b5058d | 3820 | { |
f6bcfd97 | 3821 | wxLogLastError(wxT("GetCursorPos")); |
43b5058d VZ |
3822 | } |
3823 | ||
3824 | int x = pt.x, | |
3825 | y = pt.y; | |
3826 | ScreenToClient(&x, &y); | |
3827 | wxSetCursorEvent event(x, y); | |
3828 | ||
3829 | bool processedEvtSetCursor = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3830 | if ( processedEvtSetCursor && event.HasCursor() ) | |
bfbd6dc1 | 3831 | { |
43b5058d | 3832 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(event.GetCursor()); |
bfbd6dc1 | 3833 | } |
42e69d6b | 3834 | |
43b5058d | 3835 | if ( !hcursor ) |
bfbd6dc1 | 3836 | { |
43b5058d VZ |
3837 | bool isBusy = wxIsBusy(); |
3838 | ||
3839 | // the test for processedEvtSetCursor is here to prevent using m_cursor | |
3840 | // if the user code caught EVT_SET_CURSOR() and returned nothing from | |
3841 | // it - this is a way to say that our cursor shouldn't be used for this | |
3842 | // point | |
3843 | if ( !processedEvtSetCursor && m_cursor.Ok() ) | |
bfbd6dc1 | 3844 | { |
43b5058d | 3845 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(m_cursor); |
bfbd6dc1 | 3846 | } |
43b5058d VZ |
3847 | |
3848 | if ( !GetParent() ) | |
bfbd6dc1 | 3849 | { |
43b5058d | 3850 | if ( isBusy ) |
42e69d6b | 3851 | { |
43b5058d VZ |
3852 | hcursor = wxGetCurrentBusyCursor(); |
3853 | } | |
3854 | else if ( !hcursor ) | |
3855 | { | |
3856 | const wxCursor *cursor = wxGetGlobalCursor(); | |
3857 | if ( cursor && cursor->Ok() ) | |
3858 | { | |
3859 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(*cursor); | |
3860 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3861 | } |
3862 | } | |
3863 | } | |
3864 | ||
bfbd6dc1 VZ |
3865 | if ( hcursor ) |
3866 | { | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3867 | // wxLogDebug("HandleSetCursor: Setting cursor %ld", (long) hcursor); |
3868 | ||
bfbd6dc1 VZ |
3869 | ::SetCursor(hcursor); |
3870 | ||
3871 | // cursor set, stop here | |
08158721 | 3872 | return true; |
bfbd6dc1 | 3873 | } |
cd4453e5 VZ |
3874 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
3875 | ||
3ca6a5f0 | 3876 | // pass up the window chain |
08158721 | 3877 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3878 | } |
3879 | ||
dbc74bcc | 3880 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePower(WXWPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(wParam), |
355debca | 3881 | WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam), |
dbc74bcc | 3882 | bool *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(vetoed)) |
355debca | 3883 | { |
dbc74bcc WS |
3884 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
3885 | // FIXME | |
3886 | return false; | |
3887 | #else | |
355debca VZ |
3888 | wxEventType evtType; |
3889 | switch ( wParam ) | |
3890 | { | |
3891 | case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPEND: | |
3892 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDING; | |
3893 | break; | |
3894 | ||
3895 | case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPENDFAILED: | |
3896 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL; | |
3897 | break; | |
3898 | ||
3899 | case PBT_APMSUSPEND: | |
3900 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDED; | |
3901 | break; | |
3902 | ||
3903 | case PBT_APMRESUMESUSPEND: | |
d4cd85a0 VZ |
3904 | #ifdef PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC |
3905 | case PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC: | |
3906 | #endif | |
355debca VZ |
3907 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_RESUME; |
3908 | break; | |
3909 | ||
3910 | default: | |
3911 | wxLogDebug(_T("Unknown WM_POWERBROADCAST(%d) event"), wParam); | |
3912 | // fall through | |
3913 | ||
3914 | // these messages are currently not mapped to wx events | |
3915 | case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBY: | |
3916 | case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBYFAILED: | |
3917 | case PBT_APMSTANDBY: | |
3918 | case PBT_APMRESUMESTANDBY: | |
3919 | case PBT_APMBATTERYLOW: | |
3920 | case PBT_APMPOWERSTATUSCHANGE: | |
3921 | case PBT_APMOEMEVENT: | |
355debca VZ |
3922 | case PBT_APMRESUMECRITICAL: |
3923 | evtType = wxEVT_NULL; | |
3924 | break; | |
3925 | } | |
3926 | ||
3927 | // don't handle unknown messages | |
3928 | if ( evtType == wxEVT_NULL ) | |
3929 | return false; | |
3930 | ||
3931 | // TODO: notify about PBTF_APMRESUMEFROMFAILURE in case of resume events? | |
3932 | ||
3933 | wxPowerEvent event(evtType); | |
3934 | if ( !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) ) | |
3935 | return false; | |
3936 | ||
3937 | *vetoed = event.IsVetoed(); | |
3938 | ||
3939 | return true; | |
dbc74bcc | 3940 | #endif |
355debca VZ |
3941 | } |
3942 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3943 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3944 | // owner drawn stuff | |
3945 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3946 | ||
61fef19b VZ |
3947 | #if (wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE) || \ |
3948 | (wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)) | |
3949 | #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param) param | |
3950 | #else | |
3951 | #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param) | |
3952 | #endif | |
3953 | ||
3954 | bool | |
3955 | wxWindowMSW::MSWOnDrawItem(int WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(id), | |
3956 | WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT * WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(itemStruct)) | |
2bda0e17 | 3957 | { |
4286a5b5 | 3958 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1e6feb95 VZ |
3959 | |
3960 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE | |
42e69d6b | 3961 | // is it a menu item? |
6f806543 VZ |
3962 | DRAWITEMSTRUCT *pDrawStruct = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct; |
3963 | if ( id == 0 && pDrawStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU ) | |
42e69d6b | 3964 | { |
42e69d6b | 3965 | wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pDrawStruct->itemData); |
03cef643 | 3966 | |
2d29bf54 JS |
3967 | // see comment before the same test in MSWOnMeasureItem() below |
3968 | if ( !pMenuItem ) | |
3969 | return false; | |
3970 | ||
3971 | wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem), | |
42f25dcf | 3972 | false, _T("MSWOnDrawItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") ); |
42e69d6b | 3973 | |
7561aacd VZ |
3974 | // prepare to call OnDrawItem(): notice using of wxDCTemp to prevent |
3975 | // the DC from being released | |
3976 | wxDCTemp dc((WXHDC)pDrawStruct->hDC); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3977 | wxRect rect(pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, pDrawStruct->rcItem.top, |
3978 | pDrawStruct->rcItem.right - pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, | |
3979 | pDrawStruct->rcItem.bottom - pDrawStruct->rcItem.top); | |
3980 | ||
3981 | return pMenuItem->OnDrawItem | |
7561aacd VZ |
3982 | ( |
3983 | dc, | |
3984 | rect, | |
3985 | (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODAction)pDrawStruct->itemAction, | |
3986 | (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODStatus)pDrawStruct->itemState | |
3987 | ); | |
42e69d6b | 3988 | } |
1e6feb95 | 3989 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 3990 | |
c8e4fa8b JS |
3991 | #endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN |
3992 | ||
6a89f9ee | 3993 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
c8e4fa8b | 3994 | |
c8e4fa8b | 3995 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1384636d | 3996 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl); |
567be187 | 3997 | #else // !wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1384636d VS |
3998 | // we may still have owner-drawn buttons internally because we have to make |
3999 | // them owner-drawn to support colour change | |
35bbb0c6 | 4000 | wxControl *item = |
095b80e2 WS |
4001 | # if wxUSE_BUTTON |
4002 | wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxButton) | |
4003 | # else | |
4004 | NULL | |
4005 | # endif | |
4006 | ; | |
cd0b1709 | 4007 | #endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN |
567be187 VZ |
4008 | |
4009 | if ( item ) | |
4010 | { | |
4011 | return item->MSWOnDraw(itemStruct); | |
4012 | } | |
4286a5b5 | 4013 | |
c8e4fa8b JS |
4014 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
4015 | ||
08158721 | 4016 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4017 | } |
4018 | ||
61fef19b | 4019 | bool |
d1d276f2 | 4020 | wxWindowMSW::MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct) |
2bda0e17 | 4021 | { |
61fef19b | 4022 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 4023 | // is it a menu item? |
6f806543 VZ |
4024 | MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *pMeasureStruct = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct; |
4025 | if ( id == 0 && pMeasureStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU ) | |
2d0a075d | 4026 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4027 | wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pMeasureStruct->itemData); |
4028 | ||
b6afa1a3 VZ |
4029 | // according to Carsten Fuchs the pointer may be NULL under XP if an |
4030 | // MDI child frame is initially maximized, see this for more info: | |
4031 | // http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.general/27745 | |
4032 | // | |
4033 | // so silently ignore it instead of asserting | |
4034 | if ( !pMenuItem ) | |
4035 | return false; | |
4036 | ||
4037 | wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem), | |
42f25dcf | 4038 | false, _T("MSWOnMeasureItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") ); |
42e69d6b | 4039 | |
975b6bcf VZ |
4040 | size_t w, h; |
4041 | bool rc = pMenuItem->OnMeasureItem(&w, &h); | |
4042 | ||
4043 | pMeasureStruct->itemWidth = w; | |
4044 | pMeasureStruct->itemHeight = h; | |
4045 | ||
4046 | return rc; | |
2d0a075d | 4047 | } |
42e69d6b | 4048 | |
567be187 VZ |
4049 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl); |
4050 | if ( item ) | |
42e69d6b | 4051 | { |
567be187 | 4052 | return item->MSWOnMeasure(itemStruct); |
42e69d6b | 4053 | } |
d1d276f2 WS |
4054 | #else |
4055 | wxUnusedVar(id); | |
4056 | wxUnusedVar(itemStruct); | |
4057 | #endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE | |
567be187 | 4058 | |
08158721 | 4059 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4060 | } |
4061 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4062 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4063 | // colours and palettes | |
4064 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2bda0e17 | 4065 | |
1e6feb95 | 4066 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSysColorChange() |
2bda0e17 | 4067 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4068 | wxSysColourChangedEvent event; |
4069 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4070 | ||
23895080 VZ |
4071 | (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
4072 | ||
4073 | // always let the system carry on the default processing to allow the | |
4074 | // native controls to react to the colours update | |
08158721 | 4075 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
4076 | } |
4077 | ||
574c939e KB |
4078 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDisplayChange() |
4079 | { | |
4080 | wxDisplayChangedEvent event; | |
4081 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4082 | ||
4083 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
4084 | } | |
4085 | ||
04ef50df | 4086 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b | 4087 | |
1a784dfc | 4088 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCtlColor(WXHBRUSH *brush, WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWnd) |
01c500af | 4089 | { |
3d74a760 | 4090 | #if !wxUSE_CONTROLS || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
43bfb798 | 4091 | wxUnusedVar(hDC); |
3d74a760 WS |
4092 | wxUnusedVar(hWnd); |
4093 | #else | |
2bae4332 | 4094 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItemByHWND(hWnd, true), wxControl); |
c3732409 | 4095 | |
01c500af | 4096 | if ( item ) |
1a784dfc | 4097 | *brush = item->MSWControlColor(hDC, hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 4098 | else |
1e6feb95 | 4099 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
01c500af | 4100 | *brush = NULL; |
42e69d6b | 4101 | |
01c500af | 4102 | return *brush != NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4103 | } |
4104 | ||
01c500af VZ |
4105 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
4106 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4107 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange) |
42e69d6b | 4108 | { |
574c939e | 4109 | #if wxUSE_PALETTE |
b95edd47 VZ |
4110 | // same as below except we don't respond to our own messages |
4111 | if ( hWndPalChange != GetHWND() ) | |
4112 | { | |
574c939e | 4113 | // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette |
fa21d338 | 4114 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; |
b95edd47 VZ |
4115 | while ( win && !win->HasCustomPalette() ) |
4116 | { | |
4117 | win = win->GetParent(); | |
4118 | } | |
4119 | ||
4120 | if ( win && win->HasCustomPalette() ) | |
4121 | { | |
4122 | // realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed | |
4123 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) hWndPalChange); | |
4124 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE) | |
4125 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE)); | |
574c939e KB |
4126 | |
4127 | int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
b95edd47 VZ |
4128 | |
4129 | // restore the palette (before releasing the DC) | |
4130 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE) | |
4131 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE)); | |
4132 | ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
4133 | ::ReleaseDC((HWND) hWndPalChange, hdc); | |
4134 | ||
4135 | // now check for the need to redraw | |
574c939e | 4136 | if (result > 0) |
08158721 | 4137 | ::InvalidateRect((HWND) hWndPalChange, NULL, TRUE); |
574c939e | 4138 | } |
b95edd47 VZ |
4139 | |
4140 | } | |
4141 | #endif // wxUSE_PALETTE | |
574c939e | 4142 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4143 | wxPaletteChangedEvent event(GetId()); |
4144 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4145 | event.SetChangedWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndPalChange)); | |
2d0a075d | 4146 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4147 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
4148 | } | |
4149 | ||
a5e84126 JS |
4150 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCaptureChanged(WXHWND hWndGainedCapture) |
4151 | { | |
63e819f2 VS |
4152 | // notify windows on the capture stack about lost capture |
4153 | // (see http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1153662&group_id=9863&atid=109863): | |
72f8c792 | 4154 | wxWindowBase::NotifyCaptureLost(); |
a5e84126 | 4155 | |
72f8c792 | 4156 | wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndGainedCapture); |
63e819f2 VS |
4157 | wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent event(GetId(), win); |
4158 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
a5e84126 JS |
4159 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
4160 | } | |
4161 | ||
3c96418b JG |
4162 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSettingChange(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
4163 | { | |
4164 | // despite MSDN saying "(This message cannot be sent directly to a window.)" | |
4165 | // we need to send this to child windows (it is only sent to top-level | |
4166 | // windows) so {list,tree}ctrls can adjust their font size if necessary | |
4167 | // this is exactly how explorer does it to enable the font size changes | |
4168 | ||
4169 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); | |
4170 | while ( node ) | |
4171 | { | |
4172 | // top-level windows already get this message from the system | |
4173 | wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); | |
4174 | if ( !win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
4175 | { | |
4176 | ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SETTINGCHANGE, wParam, lParam); | |
4177 | } | |
4178 | ||
4179 | node = node->GetNext(); | |
4180 | } | |
4181 | ||
3c96418b JG |
4182 | // let the system handle it |
4183 | return false; | |
4184 | } | |
4185 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4186 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryNewPalette() |
42e69d6b | 4187 | { |
574c939e KB |
4188 | |
4189 | #if wxUSE_PALETTE | |
4190 | // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette | |
fa21d338 | 4191 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; |
574c939e KB |
4192 | while (!win->HasCustomPalette() && win->GetParent()) win = win->GetParent(); |
4193 | if (win->HasCustomPalette()) { | |
4194 | /* realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed */ | |
3a3c8603 | 4195 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) GetHWND()); |
574c939e | 4196 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE) |
b95edd47 | 4197 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), FALSE) ); |
574c939e KB |
4198 | |
4199 | int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
4200 | /* restore the palette (before releasing the DC) */ | |
4201 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE) | |
b95edd47 | 4202 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), TRUE) ); |
574c939e KB |
4203 | ::RealizePalette(hdc); |
4204 | ::ReleaseDC((HWND) GetHWND(), hdc); | |
4205 | /* now check for the need to redraw */ | |
4206 | if (result > 0) | |
4207 | ::InvalidateRect((HWND) GetHWND(), NULL, TRUE); | |
4208 | } | |
b95edd47 | 4209 | #endif // wxUSE_PALETTE |
574c939e | 4210 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4211 | wxQueryNewPaletteEvent event(GetId()); |
4212 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4213 | ||
4214 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) && event.GetPaletteRealized(); | |
4215 | } | |
4216 | ||
4217 | // Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children. | |
574c939e | 4218 | void wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) |
42e69d6b | 4219 | { |
90c1530a VZ |
4220 | // the top level window also reset the standard colour map as it might have |
4221 | // changed (there is no need to do it for the non top level windows as we | |
4222 | // only have to do it once) | |
4223 | if ( IsTopLevel() ) | |
4224 | { | |
4225 | // FIXME-MT | |
08158721 | 4226 | gs_hasStdCmap = false; |
90c1530a | 4227 | } |
222ed1d6 | 4228 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4229 | while ( node ) |
4230 | { | |
23895080 VZ |
4231 | // Only propagate to non-top-level windows because Windows already |
4232 | // sends this event to all top-level ones | |
4233 | wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); | |
4234 | if ( !win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
42e69d6b | 4235 | { |
23895080 VZ |
4236 | // we need to send the real WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE and not just trigger |
4237 | // EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED call because the latter wouldn't work for | |
4238 | // the standard controls | |
4239 | ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE, 0, 0); | |
564b2609 | 4240 | } |
42e69d6b | 4241 | |
23895080 VZ |
4242 | node = node->GetNext(); |
4243 | } | |
2bda0e17 KB |
4244 | } |
4245 | ||
90c1530a VZ |
4246 | extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap() |
4247 | { | |
4248 | static COLORREF s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_MAX]; | |
4249 | static wxCOLORMAP s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_MAX]; | |
4250 | ||
4251 | if ( !gs_hasStdCmap ) | |
4252 | { | |
08158721 | 4253 | static bool s_coloursInit = false; |
90c1530a VZ |
4254 | |
4255 | if ( !s_coloursInit ) | |
4256 | { | |
4257 | // When a bitmap is loaded, the RGB values can change (apparently | |
4258 | // because Windows adjusts them to care for the old programs always | |
4259 | // using 0xc0c0c0 while the transparent colour for the new Windows | |
4260 | // versions is different). But we do this adjustment ourselves so | |
4261 | // we want to avoid Windows' "help" and for this we need to have a | |
4262 | // reference bitmap which can tell us what the RGB values change | |
4263 | // to. | |
e5dbcb50 | 4264 | wxLogNull logNo; // suppress error if we couldn't load the bitmap |
90c1530a VZ |
4265 | wxBitmap stdColourBitmap(_T("wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS")); |
4266 | if ( stdColourBitmap.Ok() ) | |
4267 | { | |
4268 | // the pixels in the bitmap must correspond to wxSTD_COL_XXX! | |
4269 | wxASSERT_MSG( stdColourBitmap.GetWidth() == wxSTD_COL_MAX, | |
4270 | _T("forgot to update wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS!") ); | |
4271 | ||
4272 | wxMemoryDC memDC; | |
4273 | memDC.SelectObject(stdColourBitmap); | |
4274 | ||
4275 | wxColour colour; | |
4276 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(s_stdColours); i++ ) | |
4277 | { | |
4278 | memDC.GetPixel(i, 0, &colour); | |
4279 | s_stdColours[i] = wxColourToRGB(colour); | |
4280 | } | |
4281 | } | |
4282 | else // wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS couldn't be loaded | |
4283 | { | |
4284 | s_stdColours[0] = RGB(000,000,000); // black | |
4285 | s_stdColours[1] = RGB(128,128,128); // dark grey | |
4286 | s_stdColours[2] = RGB(192,192,192); // light grey | |
4287 | s_stdColours[3] = RGB(255,255,255); // white | |
4288 | //s_stdColours[4] = RGB(000,000,255); // blue | |
4289 | //s_stdColours[5] = RGB(255,000,255); // magenta | |
4290 | } | |
4291 | ||
08158721 | 4292 | s_coloursInit = true; |
90c1530a VZ |
4293 | } |
4294 | ||
08158721 | 4295 | gs_hasStdCmap = true; |
90c1530a VZ |
4296 | |
4297 | // create the colour map | |
4298 | #define INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(col) \ | |
4299 | s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].from = s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_##col]; \ | |
4300 | s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].to = ::GetSysColor(COLOR_##col) | |
4301 | ||
4302 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNTEXT); | |
4303 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNSHADOW); | |
4304 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNFACE); | |
4305 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNHIGHLIGHT); | |
4306 | ||
4307 | #undef INIT_CMAP_ENTRY | |
4308 | } | |
4309 | ||
4310 | return s_cmap; | |
4311 | } | |
4312 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4313 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4314 | // painting | |
4315 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4316 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4317 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaint() |
2bda0e17 | 4318 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4319 | HRGN hRegion = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0); // Dummy call to get a handle |
4320 | if ( !hRegion ) | |
f6bcfd97 | 4321 | wxLogLastError(wxT("CreateRectRgn")); |
42e69d6b | 4322 | if ( ::GetUpdateRgn(GetHwnd(), hRegion, FALSE) == ERROR ) |
f6bcfd97 | 4323 | wxLogLastError(wxT("GetUpdateRgn")); |
c085e333 | 4324 | |
42e69d6b | 4325 | m_updateRegion = wxRegion((WXHRGN) hRegion); |
c085e333 | 4326 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4327 | wxPaintEvent event(m_windowId); |
4328 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
2bda0e17 | 4329 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4330 | bool processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
4331 | ||
4332 | // note that we must generate NC event after the normal one as otherwise | |
4333 | // BeginPaint() will happily overwrite our decorations with the background | |
4334 | // colour | |
4335 | wxNcPaintEvent eventNc(m_windowId); | |
4336 | eventNc.SetEventObject(this); | |
4337 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventNc); | |
4338 | ||
4339 | return processed; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
4340 | } |
4341 | ||
63da7df7 | 4342 | // Can be called from an application's OnPaint handler |
1e6feb95 | 4343 | void wxWindowMSW::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event) |
63da7df7 | 4344 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4345 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
4346 | event.Skip(); | |
4347 | #else | |
63da7df7 JS |
4348 | HDC hDC = (HDC) wxPaintDC::FindDCInCache((wxWindow*) event.GetEventObject()); |
4349 | if (hDC != 0) | |
4350 | { | |
4351 | MSWDefWindowProc(WM_PAINT, (WPARAM) hDC, 0); | |
4352 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 4353 | #endif |
63da7df7 JS |
4354 | } |
4355 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4356 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEraseBkgnd(WXHDC hdc) |
a23fd0e1 | 4357 | { |
7561aacd | 4358 | wxDCTemp dc(hdc); |
c085e333 | 4359 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4360 | dc.SetHDC(hdc); |
4361 | dc.SetWindow((wxWindow *)this); | |
c085e333 | 4362 | |
2bda0e17 | 4363 | wxEraseEvent event(m_windowId, &dc); |
42e69d6b | 4364 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
a23fd0e1 | 4365 | bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
c085e333 | 4366 | |
7561aacd | 4367 | // must be called manually as ~wxDC doesn't do anything for wxDCTemp |
a23fd0e1 | 4368 | dc.SelectOldObjects(hdc); |
a23fd0e1 VZ |
4369 | |
4370 | return rc; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
4371 | } |
4372 | ||
8681b094 VZ |
4373 | void wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event) |
4374 | { | |
52c3e064 VZ |
4375 | // standard non top level controls (i.e. except the dialogs) always erase |
4376 | // their background themselves in HandleCtlColor() or have some control- | |
4377 | // specific ways to set the colours (common controls) | |
4378 | if ( IsOfStandardClass() && !IsTopLevel() ) | |
b8335252 | 4379 | { |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4380 | event.Skip(); |
4381 | return; | |
4382 | } | |
b8335252 | 4383 | |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4384 | if ( GetBackgroundStyle() == wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM ) |
4385 | { | |
4386 | // don't skip the event here, custom background means that the app | |
4387 | // is drawing it itself in its OnPaint(), so don't draw it at all | |
4388 | // now to avoid flicker | |
4389 | return; | |
4390 | } | |
8681b094 | 4391 | |
8681b094 | 4392 | |
c5bd3c62 | 4393 | // do default background painting |
c3732409 | 4394 | if ( !DoEraseBackground(GetHdcOf(*event.GetDC())) ) |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4395 | { |
4396 | // let the system paint the background | |
4397 | event.Skip(); | |
4398 | } | |
4399 | } | |
4400 | ||
c3732409 | 4401 | bool wxWindowMSW::DoEraseBackground(WXHDC hDC) |
c581abbc | 4402 | { |
c3732409 VZ |
4403 | HBRUSH hbr = (HBRUSH)MSWGetBgBrush(hDC); |
4404 | if ( !hbr ) | |
c581abbc VZ |
4405 | return false; |
4406 | ||
c3732409 | 4407 | wxFillRect(GetHwnd(), (HDC)hDC, hbr); |
c581abbc VZ |
4408 | |
4409 | return true; | |
4410 | } | |
4411 | ||
c3732409 | 4412 | WXHBRUSH |
2bae4332 | 4413 | wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrushForChild(WXHDC WXUNUSED(hDC), WXHWND hWnd) |
c5bd3c62 | 4414 | { |
accbb1e7 VZ |
4415 | if ( m_hasBgCol ) |
4416 | { | |
8d075f8d VZ |
4417 | // our background colour applies to: |
4418 | // 1. this window itself, always | |
4419 | // 2. all children unless the colour is "not inheritable" | |
c3732409 VZ |
4420 | // 3. even if it is not inheritable, our immediate transparent |
4421 | // children should still inherit it -- but not any transparent | |
4422 | // children because it would look wrong if a child of non | |
4423 | // transparent child would show our bg colour when the child itself | |
4424 | // does not | |
2bae4332 VZ |
4425 | wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd); |
4426 | if ( win == this || | |
c3732409 | 4427 | m_inheritBgCol || |
2bae4332 VZ |
4428 | (win && win->HasTransparentBackground() && |
4429 | win->GetParent() == this) ) | |
accbb1e7 | 4430 | { |
c3732409 VZ |
4431 | // draw children with the same colour as the parent |
4432 | wxBrush * | |
4433 | brush = wxTheBrushList->FindOrCreateBrush(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
4434 | ||
4435 | return (WXHBRUSH)GetHbrushOf(*brush); | |
accbb1e7 VZ |
4436 | } |
4437 | } | |
4438 | ||
c3732409 | 4439 | return 0; |
c5bd3c62 | 4440 | } |
8681b094 | 4441 | |
2bae4332 | 4442 | WXHBRUSH wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrush(WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWndToPaint) |
bdd1a35d | 4443 | { |
2bae4332 VZ |
4444 | if ( !hWndToPaint ) |
4445 | hWndToPaint = GetHWND(); | |
bdd1a35d | 4446 | |
c3732409 | 4447 | for ( wxWindowMSW *win = this; win; win = win->GetParent() ) |
c5bd3c62 | 4448 | { |
2bae4332 | 4449 | WXHBRUSH hBrush = win->MSWGetBgBrushForChild(hDC, hWndToPaint); |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4450 | if ( hBrush ) |
4451 | return hBrush; | |
24cb4019 | 4452 | |
c3732409 VZ |
4453 | // background is not inherited beyond top level windows |
4454 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
24cb4019 | 4455 | break; |
01c500af | 4456 | } |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4457 | |
4458 | return 0; | |
8681b094 VZ |
4459 | } |
4460 | ||
c08ee034 | 4461 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePrintClient(WXHDC WXUNUSED(hDC)) |
1a784dfc | 4462 | { |
24e35cf8 JG |
4463 | // TODO: handle wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM and/or wxBG_STYLE_COLOUR here so when |
4464 | // DrawParentThemeBackground() from uxtheme.dll is called we don't get | |
4465 | // the default background e.g. the border when custom drawing buttons | |
1a784dfc VZ |
4466 | return false; |
4467 | } | |
4468 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4469 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4470 | // moving and resizing | |
4471 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4472 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4473 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMinimize() |
42e69d6b VZ |
4474 | { |
4475 | wxIconizeEvent event(m_windowId); | |
4476 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
2d0a075d | 4477 | |
42e69d6b | 4478 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4479 | } |
4480 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4481 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMaximize() |
2bda0e17 | 4482 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4483 | wxMaximizeEvent event(m_windowId); |
4484 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
c085e333 | 4485 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4486 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
4487 | } | |
2bda0e17 | 4488 | |
1e6feb95 | 4489 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMove(int x, int y) |
42e69d6b | 4490 | { |
907173e5 WS |
4491 | wxPoint point(x,y); |
4492 | wxMoveEvent event(point, m_windowId); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4493 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
4494 | ||
4495 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
4496 | } | |
4497 | ||
5706de1c JS |
4498 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMoving(wxRect& rect) |
4499 | { | |
4500 | wxMoveEvent event(rect, m_windowId); | |
4501 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
577baeef | 4502 | |
5706de1c JS |
4503 | bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
4504 | if (rc) | |
4505 | rect = event.GetRect(); | |
4506 | return rc; | |
4507 | } | |
4508 | ||
4bc0f25e | 4509 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSize(int WXUNUSED(w), int WXUNUSED(h), WXUINT wParam) |
42e69d6b | 4510 | { |
c3723477 JS |
4511 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
4512 | // when we resize this window, its children are probably going to be | |
4513 | // repositioned as well, prepare to use DeferWindowPos() for them | |
4514 | int numChildren = 0; | |
4515 | for ( HWND child = ::GetWindow(GetHwndOf(this), GW_CHILD); | |
4516 | child; | |
4517 | child = ::GetWindow(child, GW_HWNDNEXT) ) | |
4518 | { | |
4519 | numChildren ++; | |
4520 | } | |
4521 | ||
3fca879c | 4522 | // Protect against valid m_hDWP being overwritten |
c3723477 JS |
4523 | bool useDefer = false; |
4524 | ||
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4525 | if ( numChildren > 1 ) |
4526 | { | |
c3723477 | 4527 | if (!m_hDWP) |
3fca879c | 4528 | { |
c3723477 JS |
4529 | m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)::BeginDeferWindowPos(numChildren); |
4530 | if ( !m_hDWP ) | |
4531 | { | |
4532 | wxLogLastError(_T("BeginDeferWindowPos")); | |
4533 | } | |
4534 | if (m_hDWP) | |
4535 | useDefer = true; | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4536 | } |
4537 | } | |
f7040b5f | 4538 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
42e69d6b | 4539 | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4540 | // update this window size |
4541 | bool processed = false; | |
4bc0f25e VZ |
4542 | switch ( wParam ) |
4543 | { | |
4544 | default: | |
4545 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unexpected WM_SIZE parameter") ); | |
4546 | // fall through nevertheless | |
4547 | ||
4548 | case SIZE_MAXHIDE: | |
4549 | case SIZE_MAXSHOW: | |
4550 | // we're not interested in these messages at all | |
4551 | break; | |
4552 | ||
4553 | case SIZE_MINIMIZED: | |
4554 | processed = HandleMinimize(); | |
4555 | break; | |
4556 | ||
4557 | case SIZE_MAXIMIZED: | |
a4d1972d | 4558 | /* processed = */ HandleMaximize(); |
4bc0f25e VZ |
4559 | // fall through to send a normal size event as well |
4560 | ||
4561 | case SIZE_RESTORED: | |
4562 | // don't use w and h parameters as they specify the client size | |
4563 | // while according to the docs EVT_SIZE handler is supposed to | |
4564 | // receive the total size | |
4565 | wxSizeEvent event(GetSize(), m_windowId); | |
4566 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4567 | ||
4568 | processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
4569 | } | |
4570 | ||
c3723477 | 4571 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
3f48c8e2 | 4572 | // and finally change the positions of all child windows at once |
c3723477 | 4573 | if ( useDefer && m_hDWP ) |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4574 | { |
4575 | // reset m_hDWP to NULL so that child windows don't try to use our | |
4576 | // m_hDWP after we call EndDeferWindowPos() on it (this shouldn't | |
4577 | // happen anyhow normally but who knows what weird flow of control we | |
4578 | // may have depending on what the users EVT_SIZE handler does...) | |
4579 | HDWP hDWP = (HDWP)m_hDWP; | |
4580 | m_hDWP = NULL; | |
3fca879c | 4581 | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4582 | // do put all child controls in place at once |
4583 | if ( !::EndDeferWindowPos(hDWP) ) | |
4584 | { | |
4585 | wxLogLastError(_T("EndDeferWindowPos")); | |
4586 | } | |
c3723477 | 4587 | |
da78f3b1 | 4588 | // Reset our children's pending pos/size values. |
c3723477 JS |
4589 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
4590 | node; | |
4591 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
4592 | { | |
82e3664e | 4593 | wxWindowMSW *child = node->GetData(); |
67644c1d RD |
4594 | child->m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition; |
4595 | child->m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize; | |
c3723477 | 4596 | } |
3f48c8e2 | 4597 | } |
7d86a2d4 | 4598 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
3f48c8e2 | 4599 | |
4bc0f25e | 4600 | return processed; |
42e69d6b VZ |
4601 | } |
4602 | ||
5706de1c JS |
4603 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSizing(wxRect& rect) |
4604 | { | |
4605 | wxSizeEvent event(rect, m_windowId); | |
4606 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
577baeef | 4607 | |
5706de1c JS |
4608 | bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
4609 | if (rc) | |
4610 | rect = event.GetRect(); | |
4611 | return rc; | |
4612 | } | |
4613 | ||
0c0d1521 | 4614 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(mmInfo)) |
42e69d6b | 4615 | { |
7f0586ef | 4616 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
08158721 | 4617 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 4618 | #else |
42e69d6b VZ |
4619 | MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)mmInfo; |
4620 | ||
08158721 | 4621 | bool rc = false; |
b2d5a7ee | 4622 | |
e7dda1ff VS |
4623 | int minWidth = GetMinWidth(), |
4624 | minHeight = GetMinHeight(), | |
4625 | maxWidth = GetMaxWidth(), | |
4626 | maxHeight = GetMaxHeight(); | |
42e69d6b | 4627 | |
422d0ff0 | 4628 | if ( minWidth != wxDefaultCoord ) |
2d0a075d | 4629 | { |
e7dda1ff | 4630 | info->ptMinTrackSize.x = minWidth; |
08158721 | 4631 | rc = true; |
2d0a075d | 4632 | } |
2bda0e17 | 4633 | |
422d0ff0 | 4634 | if ( minHeight != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 4635 | { |
e7dda1ff | 4636 | info->ptMinTrackSize.y = minHeight; |
08158721 | 4637 | rc = true; |
42e69d6b | 4638 | } |
2bda0e17 | 4639 | |
422d0ff0 | 4640 | if ( maxWidth != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 4641 | { |
e7dda1ff | 4642 | info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = maxWidth; |
08158721 | 4643 | rc = true; |
2d0a075d | 4644 | } |
2bda0e17 | 4645 | |
422d0ff0 | 4646 | if ( maxHeight != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 4647 | { |
e7dda1ff | 4648 | info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = maxHeight; |
08158721 | 4649 | rc = true; |
42e69d6b | 4650 | } |
2bda0e17 | 4651 | |
42e69d6b | 4652 | return rc; |
7f0586ef | 4653 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 4654 | } |
2d0a075d | 4655 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4656 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4657 | // command messages | |
4658 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4659 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4660 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control) |
42e69d6b | 4661 | { |
1e6feb95 | 4662 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
8c290175 | 4663 | if ( !cmd && wxCurrentPopupMenu ) |
42e69d6b VZ |
4664 | { |
4665 | wxMenu *popupMenu = wxCurrentPopupMenu; | |
4666 | wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL; | |
4667 | ||
4668 | return popupMenu->MSWCommand(cmd, id); | |
4669 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 4670 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 4671 | |
8c290175 | 4672 | wxWindow *win = NULL; |
71292fab VZ |
4673 | |
4674 | // first try to find it from HWND - this works even with the broken | |
4675 | // programs using the same ids for different controls | |
4676 | if ( control ) | |
42e69d6b | 4677 | { |
71292fab | 4678 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle(control); |
b853f898 | 4679 | } |
2f4ef631 | 4680 | |
71292fab VZ |
4681 | // try the id |
4682 | if ( !win ) | |
b853f898 | 4683 | { |
71292fab VZ |
4684 | // must cast to a signed type before comparing with other ids! |
4685 | win = FindItem((signed short)id); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4686 | } |
4687 | ||
4688 | if ( win ) | |
b94ae1ea | 4689 | { |
42e69d6b | 4690 | return win->MSWCommand(cmd, id); |
b94ae1ea VZ |
4691 | } |
4692 | ||
4693 | // the messages sent from the in-place edit control used by the treectrl | |
4694 | // for label editing have id == 0, but they should _not_ be treated as menu | |
4695 | // messages (they are EN_XXX ones, in fact) so don't translate anything | |
4696 | // coming from a control to wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED | |
4697 | if ( !control ) | |
a84fc80b | 4698 | { |
b94ae1ea VZ |
4699 | // If no child window, it may be an accelerator, e.g. for a popup menu |
4700 | // command | |
a84fc80b JS |
4701 | |
4702 | wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED); | |
4703 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4704 | event.SetId(id); | |
4705 | event.SetInt(id); | |
b94ae1ea VZ |
4706 | |
4707 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
a84fc80b | 4708 | } |
6fe19057 VZ |
4709 | else |
4710 | { | |
01d2bf4d | 4711 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
6fe19057 VZ |
4712 | // the text ctrl which is logically part of wxSpinCtrl sends WM_COMMAND |
4713 | // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to | |
4714 | // wxSpinCtrl | |
4715 | wxSpinCtrl *spin = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl(control); | |
4716 | if ( spin && spin->ProcessTextCommand(cmd, id) ) | |
08158721 | 4717 | return true; |
6fe19057 | 4718 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
42e69d6b | 4719 | |
01d2bf4d WS |
4720 | #if wxUSE_CHOICE && defined(__SMARTPHONE__) |
4721 | // the listbox ctrl which is logically part of wxChoice sends WM_COMMAND | |
4722 | // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to | |
4723 | // wxChoice | |
4724 | wxChoice *choice = wxChoice::GetChoiceForListBox(control); | |
4725 | if ( choice && choice->MSWCommand(cmd, id) ) | |
4726 | return true; | |
4727 | #endif | |
4728 | } | |
4729 | ||
08158721 | 4730 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4731 | } |
4732 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4733 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4734 | // mouse events | |
4735 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4736 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
4737 | void wxWindowMSW::InitMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, |
4738 | int x, int y, | |
4739 | WXUINT flags) | |
42e69d6b | 4740 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4741 | // our client coords are not quite the same as Windows ones |
4742 | wxPoint pt = GetClientAreaOrigin(); | |
4743 | event.m_x = x - pt.x; | |
4744 | event.m_y = y - pt.y; | |
4745 | ||
4746 | event.m_shiftDown = (flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0; | |
4747 | event.m_controlDown = (flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0; | |
4748 | event.m_leftDown = (flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0; | |
4749 | event.m_middleDown = (flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0; | |
4750 | event.m_rightDown = (flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0; | |
1fdf858b | 4751 | event.m_altDown = ::GetKeyState(VK_MENU) < 0; |
1e6feb95 | 4752 | |
f0b1ccde | 4753 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1bf77ee5 | 4754 | event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime()); |
f0b1ccde JS |
4755 | #endif |
4756 | ||
687706f5 | 4757 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
fb35f0c7 | 4758 | event.SetId(GetId()); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4759 | |
4760 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
c358ea41 VZ |
4761 | gs_lastMouseEvent.pos = ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)); |
4762 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type = event.GetEventType(); | |
42e69d6b | 4763 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK |
2bda0e17 KB |
4764 | } |
4765 | ||
42b1fb63 | 4766 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 VZ |
4767 | // Windows doesn't send the mouse events to the static controls (which are |
4768 | // transparent in the sense that their WM_NCHITTEST handler returns | |
4769 | // HTTRANSPARENT) at all but we want all controls to receive the mouse events | |
4770 | // and so we manually check if we don't have a child window under mouse and if | |
4771 | // we do, send the event to it instead of the window Windows had sent WM_XXX | |
4772 | // to. | |
4773 | // | |
4774 | // Notice that this is not done for the mouse move events because this could | |
4775 | // (would?) be too slow, but only for clicks which means that the static texts | |
4776 | // still don't get move, enter nor leave events. | |
42b1fb63 | 4777 | static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y) |
dfafa702 VZ |
4778 | { |
4779 | wxCHECK_MSG( x && y, win, _T("NULL pointer in FindWindowForMouseEvent") ); | |
4780 | ||
4781 | // first try to find a non transparent child: this allows us to send events | |
4782 | // to a static text which is inside a static box, for example | |
4783 | POINT pt = { *x, *y }; | |
4784 | HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win), | |
4785 | hwndUnderMouse; | |
4786 | ||
7f0586ef JS |
4787 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
4788 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint | |
4789 | ( | |
4790 | hwnd, | |
4791 | pt | |
4792 | ); | |
4793 | #else | |
dfafa702 VZ |
4794 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPointEx |
4795 | ( | |
4796 | hwnd, | |
4797 | pt, | |
4798 | CWP_SKIPINVISIBLE | | |
4799 | CWP_SKIPDISABLED | | |
4800 | CWP_SKIPTRANSPARENT | |
4801 | ); | |
7f0586ef | 4802 | #endif |
dfafa702 VZ |
4803 | |
4804 | if ( !hwndUnderMouse || hwndUnderMouse == hwnd ) | |
dfafa702 VZ |
4805 | { |
4806 | // now try any child window at all | |
4807 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint(hwnd, pt); | |
4808 | } | |
4809 | ||
4810 | // check that we have a child window which is susceptible to receive mouse | |
4811 | // events: for this it must be shown and enabled | |
4812 | if ( hwndUnderMouse && | |
4813 | hwndUnderMouse != hwnd && | |
4814 | ::IsWindowVisible(hwndUnderMouse) && | |
4815 | ::IsWindowEnabled(hwndUnderMouse) ) | |
4816 | { | |
4817 | wxWindow *winUnderMouse = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwndUnderMouse); | |
4818 | if ( winUnderMouse ) | |
4819 | { | |
4820 | // translate the mouse coords to the other window coords | |
4821 | win->ClientToScreen(x, y); | |
4822 | winUnderMouse->ScreenToClient(x, y); | |
4823 | ||
4824 | win = winUnderMouse; | |
4825 | } | |
4826 | } | |
4827 | ||
4828 | return win; | |
4829 | } | |
42b1fb63 | 4830 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 | 4831 | |
1e6feb95 | 4832 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
2bda0e17 | 4833 | { |
42e69d6b | 4834 | // the mouse events take consecutive IDs from WM_MOUSEFIRST to |
34621cc5 | 4835 | // WM_MOUSELAST, so it's enough to subtract WM_MOUSEMOVE == WM_MOUSEFIRST |
42e69d6b VZ |
4836 | // from the message id and take the value in the table to get wxWin event |
4837 | // id | |
4838 | static const wxEventType eventsMouse[] = | |
4839 | { | |
4840 | wxEVT_MOTION, | |
4841 | wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, | |
4842 | wxEVT_LEFT_UP, | |
4843 | wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK, | |
4844 | wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, | |
4845 | wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, | |
4846 | wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK, | |
4847 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, | |
4848 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, | |
4849 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK | |
4850 | }; | |
2bda0e17 | 4851 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4852 | wxMouseEvent event(eventsMouse[msg - WM_MOUSEMOVE]); |
4853 | InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags); | |
4854 | ||
4855 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
4856 | } | |
4857 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4858 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
42e69d6b VZ |
4859 | { |
4860 | if ( !m_mouseInWindow ) | |
2bda0e17 | 4861 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4862 | // it would be wrong to assume that just because we get a mouse move |
4863 | // event that the mouse is inside the window: although this is usually | |
4864 | // true, it is not if we had captured the mouse, so we need to check | |
4865 | // the mouse coordinates here | |
4866 | if ( !HasCapture() || IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
4867 | { | |
4868 | // Generate an ENTER event | |
08158721 | 4869 | m_mouseInWindow = true; |
e5297b7f | 4870 | |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
4871 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
4872 | WinStruct<TRACKMOUSEEVENT> trackinfo; | |
4873 | ||
e5297b7f JS |
4874 | trackinfo.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE; |
4875 | trackinfo.hwndTrack = GetHwnd(); | |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
4876 | |
4877 | // Use the commctrl.h _TrackMouseEvent(), which will call the real | |
4878 | // TrackMouseEvent() if available or emulate it | |
e5297b7f | 4879 | _TrackMouseEvent(&trackinfo); |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
4880 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
4881 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
4882 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW); |
4883 | InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags); | |
42e69d6b | 4884 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4885 | (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
4886 | } | |
42e69d6b | 4887 | } |
cff58b52 KH |
4888 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
4889 | else | |
4890 | { | |
4891 | // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event | |
4892 | // Windows doesn't send WM_MOUSELEAVE if the mouse has been captured so | |
4893 | // send it here if we are using native mouse leave tracking | |
4894 | if ( HasCapture() && !IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
4895 | { | |
4896 | GenerateMouseLeave(); | |
4897 | } | |
4898 | } | |
1ca78aa1 | 4899 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
42e69d6b VZ |
4900 | |
4901 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
c358ea41 VZ |
4902 | // Windows often generates mouse events even if mouse position hasn't |
4903 | // changed (http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.devel/66576) | |
4904 | // | |
4905 | // Filter this out as it can result in unexpected behaviour compared to | |
4906 | // other platforms | |
4907 | if ( gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN || | |
4908 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN || | |
4909 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN || | |
4910 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MOTION ) | |
4911 | { | |
4912 | if ( ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)) == gs_lastMouseEvent.pos ) | |
4913 | { | |
4914 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type = wxEVT_MOTION; | |
42e69d6b | 4915 | |
c358ea41 VZ |
4916 | return false; |
4917 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4918 | } |
4919 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
4920 | ||
4921 | return HandleMouseEvent(WM_MOUSEMOVE, x, y, flags); | |
4922 | } | |
4923 | ||
d2c52078 | 4924 | |
24ce4c18 | 4925 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
d2c52078 RD |
4926 | { |
4927 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL | |
3c297348 VZ |
4928 | // notice that WM_MOUSEWHEEL position is in screen coords (as it's |
4929 | // forwarded up to the parent by DefWindowProc()) and not in the client | |
4930 | // ones as all the other messages, translate them to the client coords for | |
4931 | // consistency | |
4932 | const wxPoint | |
4933 | pt = ScreenToClient(wxPoint(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam))); | |
d2c52078 | 4934 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL); |
3c297348 | 4935 | InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, LOWORD(wParam)); |
d2c52078 RD |
4936 | event.m_wheelRotation = (short)HIWORD(wParam); |
4937 | event.m_wheelDelta = WHEEL_DELTA; | |
4938 | ||
0f7a546d RD |
4939 | static int s_linesPerRotation = -1; |
4940 | if ( s_linesPerRotation == -1 ) | |
4941 | { | |
4942 | if ( !::SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES, 0, | |
4943 | &s_linesPerRotation, 0)) | |
4944 | { | |
4945 | // this is not supposed to happen | |
4946 | wxLogLastError(_T("SystemParametersInfo(GETWHEELSCROLLLINES)")); | |
4947 | ||
4948 | // the default is 3, so use it if SystemParametersInfo() failed | |
4949 | s_linesPerRotation = 3; | |
4950 | } | |
4951 | } | |
d2c52078 | 4952 | |
0f7a546d | 4953 | event.m_linesPerAction = s_linesPerRotation; |
d2c52078 | 4954 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
0f7a546d | 4955 | |
51e4e266 VZ |
4956 | #else // !wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
4957 | wxUnusedVar(wParam); | |
4958 | wxUnusedVar(lParam); | |
38caaa61 | 4959 | |
08158721 | 4960 | return false; |
51e4e266 | 4961 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL/!wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
d2c52078 RD |
4962 | } |
4963 | ||
51e4e266 VZ |
4964 | void wxWindowMSW::GenerateMouseLeave() |
4965 | { | |
4966 | m_mouseInWindow = false; | |
4967 | ||
4968 | int state = 0; | |
4969 | if ( wxIsShiftDown() ) | |
4970 | state |= MK_SHIFT; | |
4971 | if ( wxIsCtrlDown() ) | |
4972 | state |= MK_CONTROL; | |
4973 | ||
4974 | // Only the high-order bit should be tested | |
4975 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_LBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
4976 | state |= MK_LBUTTON; | |
4977 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_MBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
4978 | state |= MK_MBUTTON; | |
4979 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_RBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
4980 | state |= MK_RBUTTON; | |
4981 | ||
4982 | POINT pt; | |
f2325516 JS |
4983 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
4984 | if ( !::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt) ) | |
4985 | #else | |
51e4e266 | 4986 | if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) ) |
f2325516 | 4987 | #endif |
51e4e266 VZ |
4988 | { |
4989 | wxLogLastError(_T("GetCursorPos")); | |
4990 | } | |
4991 | ||
4992 | // we need to have client coordinates here for symmetry with | |
4993 | // wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW | |
4994 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
4995 | pt.x -= rect.left; | |
4996 | pt.y -= rect.top; | |
4997 | ||
4998 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW); | |
4999 | InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, state); | |
5000 | ||
5001 | (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
5002 | } | |
d2c52078 | 5003 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5004 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5005 | // keyboard handling | |
5006 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5007 | ||
c42404a5 VZ |
5008 | // create the key event of the given type for the given key - used by |
5009 | // HandleChar and HandleKeyDown/Up | |
1e6feb95 | 5010 | wxKeyEvent wxWindowMSW::CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType, |
b09bda68 | 5011 | int id, |
9c7df356 VZ |
5012 | WXLPARAM lParam, |
5013 | WXWPARAM wParam) const | |
c42404a5 VZ |
5014 | { |
5015 | wxKeyEvent event(evType); | |
5016 | event.SetId(GetId()); | |
3f7bc32b VZ |
5017 | event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown(); |
5018 | event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown(); | |
c42404a5 VZ |
5019 | event.m_altDown = (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN; |
5020 | ||
687706f5 | 5021 | event.SetEventObject((wxWindow *)this); // const_cast |
c42404a5 | 5022 | event.m_keyCode = id; |
0d9b2c16 | 5023 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE |
32b13913 | 5024 | event.m_uniChar = (wxChar) wParam; |
0d9b2c16 | 5025 | #endif |
9c7df356 VZ |
5026 | event.m_rawCode = (wxUint32) wParam; |
5027 | event.m_rawFlags = (wxUint32) lParam; | |
f0b1ccde | 5028 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1bf77ee5 | 5029 | event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime()); |
f0b1ccde | 5030 | #endif |
c42404a5 VZ |
5031 | |
5032 | // translate the position to client coords | |
5033 | POINT pt; | |
f2325516 JS |
5034 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
5035 | GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt); | |
5036 | #else | |
c42404a5 | 5037 | GetCursorPos(&pt); |
f2325516 | 5038 | #endif |
c42404a5 VZ |
5039 | RECT rect; |
5040 | GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(),&rect); | |
5041 | pt.x -= rect.left; | |
5042 | pt.y -= rect.top; | |
5043 | ||
5044 | event.m_x = pt.x; | |
5045 | event.m_y = pt.y; | |
5046 | ||
5047 | return event; | |
5048 | } | |
5049 | ||
08158721 | 5050 | // isASCII is true only when we're called from WM_CHAR handler and not from |
42e69d6b | 5051 | // WM_KEYDOWN one |
1e6feb95 | 5052 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII) |
42e69d6b VZ |
5053 | { |
5054 | int id; | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5055 | if ( isASCII ) |
5056 | { | |
42e69d6b | 5057 | id = wParam; |
2d0a075d | 5058 | } |
9c7df356 | 5059 | else // we're called from WM_KEYDOWN |
c42404a5 | 5060 | { |
6121a198 VZ |
5061 | // don't pass lParam to wxCharCodeMSWToWX() here because we don't want |
5062 | // to get numpad key codes: CHAR events should use the logical keys | |
5063 | // such as WXK_HOME instead of WXK_NUMPAD_HOME which is for KEY events | |
5064 | id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam); | |
9c7df356 | 5065 | if ( id == 0 ) |
c42404a5 | 5066 | { |
9c7df356 | 5067 | // it's ASCII and will be processed here only when called from |
08158721 DS |
5068 | // WM_CHAR (i.e. when isASCII = true), don't process it now |
5069 | return false; | |
c42404a5 | 5070 | } |
9c7df356 | 5071 | } |
42e69d6b | 5072 | |
9c7df356 | 5073 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_CHAR, id, lParam, wParam)); |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
5074 | |
5075 | // the alphanumeric keys produced by pressing AltGr+something on European | |
5076 | // keyboards have both Ctrl and Alt modifiers which may confuse the user | |
5077 | // code as, normally, keys with Ctrl and/or Alt don't result in anything | |
5078 | // alphanumeric, so pretend that there are no modifiers at all (the | |
5079 | // KEY_DOWN event would still have the correct modifiers if they're really | |
5080 | // needed) | |
5081 | if ( event.m_controlDown && event.m_altDown && | |
5082 | (id >= 32 && id < 256) ) | |
9c7df356 | 5083 | { |
2b5f62a0 | 5084 | event.m_controlDown = |
08158721 | 5085 | event.m_altDown = false; |
2d0a075d | 5086 | } |
c42404a5 | 5087 | |
9c7df356 | 5088 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5089 | } |
5090 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5091 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 5092 | { |
ff792344 | 5093 | int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam); |
2bda0e17 | 5094 | |
c42404a5 VZ |
5095 | if ( !id ) |
5096 | { | |
5097 | // normal ASCII char | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5098 | id = wParam; |
5099 | } | |
5100 | ||
b60978b2 VZ |
5101 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, id, lParam, wParam)); |
5102 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
5103 | } |
5104 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5105 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyUp(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 5106 | { |
ff792344 | 5107 | int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam); |
2bda0e17 | 5108 | |
c42404a5 VZ |
5109 | if ( !id ) |
5110 | { | |
5111 | // normal ASCII char | |
42e69d6b | 5112 | id = wParam; |
2d0a075d | 5113 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5114 | |
b60978b2 VZ |
5115 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_UP, id, lParam, wParam)); |
5116 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
5117 | } |
5118 | ||
0c0d1521 WS |
5119 | int wxWindowMSW::HandleMenuChar(int WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(chAccel), |
5120 | WXLPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(lParam)) | |
b74cce40 | 5121 | { |
7f0586ef JS |
5122 | // FIXME: implement GetMenuItemCount for WinCE, possibly |
5123 | // in terms of GetMenuItemInfo | |
5124 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ | |
b74cce40 VZ |
5125 | const HMENU hmenu = (HMENU)lParam; |
5126 | ||
5127 | MENUITEMINFO mii; | |
5128 | wxZeroMemory(mii); | |
5129 | mii.cbSize = sizeof(MENUITEMINFO); | |
c70ffbdb VZ |
5130 | |
5131 | // we could use MIIM_FTYPE here as we only need to know if the item is | |
5132 | // ownerdrawn or not and not dwTypeData which MIIM_TYPE also returns, but | |
5133 | // MIIM_FTYPE is not supported under Win95 | |
b74cce40 VZ |
5134 | mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_DATA; |
5135 | ||
5136 | // find if we have this letter in any owner drawn item | |
5137 | const int count = ::GetMenuItemCount(hmenu); | |
5138 | for ( int i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
5139 | { | |
c70ffbdb VZ |
5140 | // previous loop iteration could modify it, reset it back before |
5141 | // calling GetMenuItemInfo() to prevent it from overflowing dwTypeData | |
5142 | mii.cch = 0; | |
5143 | ||
b74cce40 VZ |
5144 | if ( ::GetMenuItemInfo(hmenu, i, TRUE, &mii) ) |
5145 | { | |
5146 | if ( mii.fType == MFT_OWNERDRAW ) | |
5147 | { | |
5148 | // dwItemData member of the MENUITEMINFO is a | |
5149 | // pointer to the associated wxMenuItem -- see the | |
5150 | // menu creation code | |
5151 | wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem*)mii.dwItemData; | |
5152 | ||
5153 | const wxChar *p = wxStrchr(item->GetText(), _T('&')); | |
5154 | while ( p++ ) | |
5155 | { | |
5156 | if ( *p == _T('&') ) | |
5157 | { | |
5158 | // this is not the accel char, find the real one | |
5159 | p = wxStrchr(p + 1, _T('&')); | |
5160 | } | |
5161 | else // got the accel char | |
5162 | { | |
5163 | // FIXME-UNICODE: this comparison doesn't risk to work | |
5164 | // for non ASCII accelerator characters I'm afraid, but | |
5165 | // what can we do? | |
907173e5 | 5166 | if ( (wchar_t)wxToupper(*p) == (wchar_t)chAccel ) |
b74cce40 VZ |
5167 | { |
5168 | return i; | |
5169 | } | |
5170 | else | |
5171 | { | |
5172 | // this one doesn't match | |
5173 | break; | |
5174 | } | |
5175 | } | |
5176 | } | |
5177 | } | |
5178 | } | |
e39af974 | 5179 | else // failed to get the menu text? |
b74cce40 | 5180 | { |
c70ffbdb | 5181 | // it's not fatal, so don't show error, but still log it |
b74cce40 VZ |
5182 | wxLogLastError(_T("GetMenuItemInfo")); |
5183 | } | |
5184 | } | |
7f0586ef | 5185 | #endif |
b74cce40 VZ |
5186 | return wxNOT_FOUND; |
5187 | } | |
5188 | ||
78c91815 VZ |
5189 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleClipboardEvent( WXUINT nMsg ) |
5190 | { | |
5191 | const wxEventType type = ( nMsg == WM_CUT ) ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT : | |
5192 | ( nMsg == WM_COPY ) ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY : | |
5193 | /*( nMsg == WM_PASTE ) ? */ wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE; | |
5194 | wxClipboardTextEvent evt(type, GetId()); | |
5195 | ||
5196 | evt.SetEventObject(this); | |
5197 | ||
5198 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); | |
5199 | } | |
5200 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5201 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5202 | // joystick | |
5203 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5204 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5205 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleJoystickEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
2bda0e17 | 5206 | { |
8cb172b4 | 5207 | #ifdef JOY_BUTTON1 |
42e69d6b VZ |
5208 | int change = 0; |
5209 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1CHG ) | |
5210 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON1; | |
5211 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2CHG ) | |
5212 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON2; | |
5213 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3CHG ) | |
5214 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON3; | |
5215 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4CHG ) | |
5216 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON4; | |
2bda0e17 | 5217 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5218 | int buttons = 0; |
5219 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1 ) | |
5220 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1; | |
5221 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2 ) | |
5222 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2; | |
5223 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3 ) | |
5224 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3; | |
5225 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4 ) | |
5226 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4; | |
c085e333 | 5227 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5228 | // the event ids aren't consecutive so we can't use table based lookup |
5229 | int joystick; | |
5230 | wxEventType eventType; | |
5231 | switch ( msg ) | |
5232 | { | |
5233 | case MM_JOY1MOVE: | |
5234 | joystick = 1; | |
5235 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE; | |
5236 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5237 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5238 | case MM_JOY2MOVE: |
5239 | joystick = 2; | |
5240 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE; | |
5241 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5242 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5243 | case MM_JOY1ZMOVE: |
5244 | joystick = 1; | |
5245 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE; | |
5246 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5247 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5248 | case MM_JOY2ZMOVE: |
5249 | joystick = 2; | |
5250 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE; | |
5251 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5252 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5253 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN: |
5254 | joystick = 1; | |
5255 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN; | |
5256 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5257 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5258 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN: |
5259 | joystick = 2; | |
5260 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN; | |
5261 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5262 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5263 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP: |
5264 | joystick = 1; | |
5265 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP; | |
5266 | break; | |
5267 | ||
5268 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP: | |
5269 | joystick = 2; | |
5270 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP; | |
5271 | break; | |
5272 | ||
5273 | default: | |
223d09f6 | 5274 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("no such joystick event")); |
2d0a075d | 5275 | |
08158721 | 5276 | return false; |
2d0a075d | 5277 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5278 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5279 | wxJoystickEvent event(eventType, buttons, joystick, change); |
5280 | event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y)); | |
5281 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
c085e333 | 5282 | |
42e69d6b | 5283 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
8cb172b4 | 5284 | #else |
991420e6 WS |
5285 | wxUnusedVar(msg); |
5286 | wxUnusedVar(x); | |
5287 | wxUnusedVar(y); | |
5288 | wxUnusedVar(flags); | |
08158721 | 5289 | return false; |
8cb172b4 | 5290 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
5291 | } |
5292 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5293 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5294 | // scrolling | |
5295 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5296 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5297 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam, |
f4f734c1 | 5298 | WXWORD pos, WXHWND control) |
35bbb0c6 | 5299 | { |
a0d924c6 | 5300 | if ( control && control != m_hWnd ) // Prevent infinite recursion |
cc2b7472 | 5301 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
5302 | wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control); |
5303 | if ( child ) | |
5304 | return child->MSWOnScroll(orientation, wParam, pos, control); | |
cc2b7472 | 5305 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5306 | |
9145664b | 5307 | wxScrollWinEvent event; |
42e69d6b VZ |
5308 | event.SetPosition(pos); |
5309 | event.SetOrientation(orientation); | |
687706f5 | 5310 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
cc2b7472 | 5311 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5312 | switch ( wParam ) |
5313 | { | |
5314 | case SB_TOP: | |
687706f5 | 5315 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP); |
42e69d6b | 5316 | break; |
cc2b7472 | 5317 | |
42e69d6b | 5318 | case SB_BOTTOM: |
687706f5 | 5319 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM); |
42e69d6b | 5320 | break; |
cc2b7472 | 5321 | |
42e69d6b | 5322 | case SB_LINEUP: |
687706f5 | 5323 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP); |
42e69d6b | 5324 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 5325 | |
42e69d6b | 5326 | case SB_LINEDOWN: |
687706f5 | 5327 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN); |
42e69d6b | 5328 | break; |
a02eb1d2 | 5329 | |
42e69d6b | 5330 | case SB_PAGEUP: |
687706f5 | 5331 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP); |
42e69d6b | 5332 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 5333 | |
42e69d6b | 5334 | case SB_PAGEDOWN: |
687706f5 | 5335 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN); |
42e69d6b | 5336 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 5337 | |
42e69d6b | 5338 | case SB_THUMBPOSITION: |
feda3011 | 5339 | case SB_THUMBTRACK: |
f6bcfd97 BP |
5340 | // under Win32, the scrollbar range and position are 32 bit integers, |
5341 | // but WM_[HV]SCROLL only carry the low 16 bits of them, so we must | |
5342 | // explicitly query the scrollbar for the correct position (this must | |
5343 | // be done only for these two SB_ events as they are the only one | |
5344 | // carrying the scrollbar position) | |
5345 | { | |
0cf5de11 | 5346 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
f6bcfd97 BP |
5347 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_TRACKPOS; |
5348 | ||
5349 | if ( !::GetScrollInfo(GetHwnd(), | |
5350 | orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ | |
5351 | : SB_VERT, | |
5352 | &scrollInfo) ) | |
5353 | { | |
3103e8a9 | 5354 | // Not necessarily an error, if there are no scrollbars yet. |
f676b387 | 5355 | // wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo")); |
f6bcfd97 BP |
5356 | } |
5357 | ||
5358 | event.SetPosition(scrollInfo.nTrackPos); | |
5359 | } | |
f6bcfd97 | 5360 | |
687706f5 | 5361 | event.SetEventType( wParam == SB_THUMBPOSITION |
f6bcfd97 | 5362 | ? wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE |
687706f5 | 5363 | : wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK ); |
42e69d6b | 5364 | break; |
c085e333 | 5365 | |
42e69d6b | 5366 | default: |
08158721 | 5367 | return false; |
564b2609 | 5368 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5369 | |
42e69d6b | 5370 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5371 | } |
5372 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5373 | // =========================================================================== |
5374 | // global functions | |
5375 | // =========================================================================== | |
5376 | ||
7a5e53ab | 5377 | void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y, const wxFont& the_font) |
2bda0e17 | 5378 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
5379 | TEXTMETRIC tm; |
5380 | HDC dc = ::GetDC((HWND) wnd); | |
42e69d6b | 5381 | HFONT was = 0; |
35bbb0c6 | 5382 | |
7a5e53ab VS |
5383 | // the_font.UseResource(); |
5384 | // the_font.RealizeResource(); | |
c57c2993 | 5385 | HFONT fnt = (HFONT)the_font.GetResourceHandle(); // const_cast |
7a5e53ab VS |
5386 | if ( fnt ) |
5387 | was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt); | |
35bbb0c6 | 5388 | |
42e69d6b | 5389 | GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm); |
7a5e53ab | 5390 | if ( fnt && was ) |
2d0a075d | 5391 | { |
42e69d6b | 5392 | SelectObject(dc,was); |
2d0a075d | 5393 | } |
42e69d6b | 5394 | ReleaseDC((HWND)wnd, dc); |
0655ad29 VZ |
5395 | |
5396 | if ( x ) | |
5397 | *x = tm.tmAveCharWidth; | |
5398 | if ( y ) | |
5399 | *y = tm.tmHeight + tm.tmExternalLeading; | |
2bda0e17 | 5400 | |
7a5e53ab | 5401 | // the_font.ReleaseResource(); |
42e69d6b | 5402 | } |
c085e333 | 5403 | |
5004c3ad JG |
5404 | // use the "extended" bit (24) of lParam to distinguish extended keys |
5405 | // from normal keys as the same key is sent | |
ed5bc8f1 VZ |
5406 | static inline |
5407 | int ChooseNormalOrExtended(int lParam, int keyNormal, int keyExtended) | |
5004c3ad | 5408 | { |
ed5bc8f1 VZ |
5409 | // except that if lParam is 0, it means we don't have real lParam from |
5410 | // WM_KEYDOWN but are just translating just a VK constant (e.g. done from | |
5411 | // msw/treectrl.cpp when processing TVN_KEYDOWN) -- then assume this is a | |
5412 | // non-numpad (hence extended) key as this is a more common case | |
5413 | return !lParam || (lParam & (1 << 24)) ? keyExtended : keyNormal; | |
5004c3ad JG |
5414 | } |
5415 | ||
d5c21b02 VZ |
5416 | // this array contains the Windows virtual key codes which map one to one to |
5417 | // WXK_xxx constants and is used in wxCharCodeMSWToWX/WXToMSW() below | |
5418 | // | |
5419 | // note that keys having a normal and numpad version (e.g. WXK_HOME and | |
5420 | // WXK_NUMPAD_HOME) are not included in this table as the mapping is not 1-to-1 | |
5421 | static const struct wxKeyMapping | |
5422 | { | |
5423 | int vk; | |
5424 | wxKeyCode wxk; | |
5425 | } gs_specialKeys[] = | |
5426 | { | |
5427 | { VK_CANCEL, WXK_CANCEL }, | |
5428 | { VK_BACK, WXK_BACK }, | |
5429 | { VK_TAB, WXK_TAB }, | |
5430 | { VK_CLEAR, WXK_CLEAR }, | |
5431 | { VK_SHIFT, WXK_SHIFT }, | |
5432 | { VK_CONTROL, WXK_CONTROL }, | |
5433 | { VK_MENU , WXK_ALT }, | |
5434 | { VK_PAUSE, WXK_PAUSE }, | |
5435 | { VK_CAPITAL, WXK_CAPITAL }, | |
5436 | { VK_SPACE, WXK_SPACE }, | |
5437 | { VK_ESCAPE, WXK_ESCAPE }, | |
5438 | { VK_SELECT, WXK_SELECT }, | |
5439 | { VK_PRINT, WXK_PRINT }, | |
5440 | { VK_EXECUTE, WXK_EXECUTE }, | |
e59c2b2d VZ |
5441 | { VK_SNAPSHOT, WXK_SNAPSHOT }, |
5442 | { VK_HELP, WXK_HELP }, | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5443 | |
5444 | { VK_NUMPAD0, WXK_NUMPAD0 }, | |
5445 | { VK_NUMPAD1, WXK_NUMPAD1 }, | |
5446 | { VK_NUMPAD2, WXK_NUMPAD2 }, | |
5447 | { VK_NUMPAD3, WXK_NUMPAD3 }, | |
5448 | { VK_NUMPAD4, WXK_NUMPAD4 }, | |
5449 | { VK_NUMPAD5, WXK_NUMPAD5 }, | |
5450 | { VK_NUMPAD6, WXK_NUMPAD6 }, | |
5451 | { VK_NUMPAD7, WXK_NUMPAD7 }, | |
5452 | { VK_NUMPAD8, WXK_NUMPAD8 }, | |
5453 | { VK_NUMPAD9, WXK_NUMPAD9 }, | |
5454 | { VK_MULTIPLY, WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY }, | |
5455 | { VK_ADD, WXK_NUMPAD_ADD }, | |
5456 | { VK_SUBTRACT, WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT }, | |
5457 | { VK_DECIMAL, WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL }, | |
5458 | { VK_DIVIDE, WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE }, | |
5459 | ||
5460 | { VK_F1, WXK_F1 }, | |
5461 | { VK_F2, WXK_F2 }, | |
5462 | { VK_F3, WXK_F3 }, | |
5463 | { VK_F4, WXK_F4 }, | |
5464 | { VK_F5, WXK_F5 }, | |
5465 | { VK_F6, WXK_F6 }, | |
5466 | { VK_F7, WXK_F7 }, | |
5467 | { VK_F8, WXK_F8 }, | |
5468 | { VK_F9, WXK_F9 }, | |
5469 | { VK_F10, WXK_F10 }, | |
5470 | { VK_F11, WXK_F11 }, | |
5471 | { VK_F12, WXK_F12 }, | |
5472 | { VK_F13, WXK_F13 }, | |
5473 | { VK_F14, WXK_F14 }, | |
5474 | { VK_F15, WXK_F15 }, | |
5475 | { VK_F16, WXK_F16 }, | |
5476 | { VK_F17, WXK_F17 }, | |
5477 | { VK_F18, WXK_F18 }, | |
5478 | { VK_F19, WXK_F19 }, | |
5479 | { VK_F20, WXK_F20 }, | |
5480 | { VK_F21, WXK_F21 }, | |
5481 | { VK_F22, WXK_F22 }, | |
5482 | { VK_F23, WXK_F23 }, | |
5483 | { VK_F24, WXK_F24 }, | |
5484 | ||
5485 | { VK_NUMLOCK, WXK_NUMLOCK }, | |
5486 | { VK_SCROLL, WXK_SCROLL }, | |
5487 | ||
5488 | #ifdef VK_APPS | |
5489 | { VK_LWIN, WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT }, | |
5490 | { VK_RWIN, WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT }, | |
5491 | { VK_APPS, WXK_WINDOWS_MENU }, | |
5492 | #endif // VK_APPS defined | |
5493 | }; | |
5494 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5495 | // Returns 0 if was a normal ASCII value, not a special key. This indicates that |
5496 | // the key should be ignored by WM_KEYDOWN and processed by WM_CHAR instead. | |
d5c21b02 | 5497 | int wxCharCodeMSWToWX(int vk, WXLPARAM lParam) |
42e69d6b | 5498 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5499 | // check the table first |
5500 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ ) | |
5501 | { | |
5502 | if ( gs_specialKeys[n].vk == vk ) | |
5503 | return gs_specialKeys[n].wxk; | |
5504 | } | |
9c7df356 | 5505 | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5506 | // keys requiring special handling |
5507 | int wxk; | |
5508 | switch ( vk ) | |
5509 | { | |
e77c5d96 VZ |
5510 | // the mapping for these keys may be incorrect on non-US keyboards so |
5511 | // maybe we shouldn't map them to ASCII values at all | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5512 | case VK_OEM_1: wxk = ';'; break; |
5513 | case VK_OEM_PLUS: wxk = '+'; break; | |
5514 | case VK_OEM_COMMA: wxk = ','; break; | |
5515 | case VK_OEM_MINUS: wxk = '-'; break; | |
5516 | case VK_OEM_PERIOD: wxk = '.'; break; | |
5517 | case VK_OEM_2: wxk = '/'; break; | |
5518 | case VK_OEM_3: wxk = '~'; break; | |
5519 | case VK_OEM_4: wxk = '['; break; | |
5520 | case VK_OEM_5: wxk = '\\'; break; | |
5521 | case VK_OEM_6: wxk = ']'; break; | |
5522 | case VK_OEM_7: wxk = '\''; break; | |
702c4208 | 5523 | |
5004c3ad | 5524 | // handle extended keys |
413553cc | 5525 | case VK_PRIOR: |
d5c21b02 | 5526 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP, WXK_PAGEUP); |
413553cc | 5527 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5528 | |
413553cc | 5529 | case VK_NEXT: |
d5c21b02 | 5530 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN, WXK_PAGEDOWN); |
413553cc | 5531 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5532 | |
413553cc | 5533 | case VK_END: |
d5c21b02 | 5534 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_END, WXK_END); |
413553cc | 5535 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5536 | |
413553cc | 5537 | case VK_HOME: |
d5c21b02 | 5538 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_HOME, WXK_HOME); |
413553cc | 5539 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5540 | |
413553cc | 5541 | case VK_LEFT: |
d5c21b02 | 5542 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT, WXK_LEFT); |
413553cc | 5543 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5544 | |
413553cc | 5545 | case VK_UP: |
d5c21b02 | 5546 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_UP, WXK_UP); |
413553cc | 5547 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5548 | |
413553cc | 5549 | case VK_RIGHT: |
d5c21b02 | 5550 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT, WXK_RIGHT); |
413553cc | 5551 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5552 | |
413553cc | 5553 | case VK_DOWN: |
d5c21b02 | 5554 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN, WXK_DOWN); |
413553cc | 5555 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5556 | |
413553cc | 5557 | case VK_INSERT: |
d5c21b02 | 5558 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT, WXK_INSERT); |
413553cc | 5559 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5560 | |
413553cc | 5561 | case VK_DELETE: |
d5c21b02 | 5562 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE, WXK_DELETE); |
413553cc | 5563 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5564 | |
ff792344 | 5565 | case VK_RETURN: |
ed5bc8f1 VZ |
5566 | // don't use ChooseNormalOrExtended() here as the keys are reversed |
5567 | // here: numpad enter is the extended one | |
d5c21b02 | 5568 | wxk = lParam && (lParam & (1 << 24)) ? WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER : WXK_RETURN; |
ff792344 VZ |
5569 | break; |
5570 | ||
f6bcfd97 | 5571 | default: |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5572 | wxk = 0; |
5573 | } | |
5574 | ||
5575 | return wxk; | |
5576 | } | |
5577 | ||
5578 | WXWORD wxCharCodeWXToMSW(int wxk, bool *isVirtual) | |
5579 | { | |
5580 | if ( isVirtual ) | |
5581 | *isVirtual = true; | |
5582 | ||
5583 | // check the table first | |
5584 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ ) | |
5585 | { | |
5586 | if ( gs_specialKeys[n].wxk == wxk ) | |
5587 | return gs_specialKeys[n].vk; | |
5588 | } | |
5589 | ||
5590 | // and then check for special keys not included in the table | |
5591 | WXWORD vk; | |
5592 | switch ( wxk ) | |
5593 | { | |
71403278 VZ |
5594 | case WXK_PAGEUP: |
5595 | case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP: | |
5596 | vk = VK_PRIOR; | |
5597 | break; | |
5598 | ||
5599 | case WXK_PAGEDOWN: | |
5600 | case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN: | |
5601 | vk = VK_NEXT; | |
5602 | break; | |
5603 | ||
5604 | case WXK_END: | |
5605 | case WXK_NUMPAD_END: | |
5606 | vk = VK_END; | |
5607 | break; | |
5608 | ||
5609 | case WXK_HOME: | |
5610 | case WXK_NUMPAD_HOME: | |
5611 | vk = VK_HOME; | |
5612 | break; | |
5613 | ||
5614 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
5615 | case WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT: | |
5616 | vk = VK_LEFT; | |
5617 | break; | |
5618 | ||
5619 | case WXK_UP: | |
5620 | case WXK_NUMPAD_UP: | |
5621 | vk = VK_UP; | |
5622 | break; | |
5623 | ||
5624 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
5625 | case WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT: | |
5626 | vk = VK_RIGHT; | |
5627 | break; | |
5628 | ||
5629 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
5630 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN: | |
5631 | vk = VK_DOWN; | |
5632 | break; | |
5633 | ||
5634 | case WXK_INSERT: | |
5635 | case WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT: | |
5636 | vk = VK_INSERT; | |
5637 | break; | |
5638 | ||
5639 | case WXK_DELETE: | |
5640 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE: | |
5641 | vk = VK_DELETE; | |
5642 | break; | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5643 | |
5644 | default: | |
5645 | if ( isVirtual ) | |
5646 | *isVirtual = false; | |
5647 | vk = (WXWORD)wxk; | |
42e69d6b | 5648 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 5649 | } |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5650 | |
5651 | return vk; | |
5652 | } | |
5653 | ||
5654 | // small helper for wxGetKeyState() and wxGetMouseState() | |
5655 | static inline bool wxIsKeyDown(WXWORD vk) | |
5656 | { | |
5657 | // the low order bit indicates whether the key was pressed since the last | |
5658 | // call and the high order one indicates whether it is down right now and | |
5659 | // we only want that one | |
5660 | return (::GetAsyncKeyState(vk) & (1<<15)) != 0; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
5661 | } |
5662 | ||
1751226c | 5663 | bool wxGetKeyState(wxKeyCode key) |
6ed892f3 | 5664 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5665 | // although this does work under Windows, it is not supported under other |
5666 | // platforms so don't allow it, you must use wxGetMouseState() instead | |
5667 | wxASSERT_MSG( key != VK_LBUTTON && | |
5668 | key != VK_RBUTTON && | |
5669 | key != VK_MBUTTON, | |
5670 | wxT("can't use wxGetKeyState() for mouse buttons") ); | |
6ed892f3 | 5671 | |
d5c21b02 | 5672 | const WXWORD vk = wxCharCodeWXToMSW(key); |
44353523 | 5673 | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5674 | // if the requested key is a LED key, return true if the led is pressed |
5675 | if ( key == WXK_NUMLOCK || key == WXK_CAPITAL || key == WXK_SCROLL ) | |
fdec2c05 | 5676 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5677 | // low order bit means LED is highlighted and high order one means the |
5678 | // key is down; for compatibility with the other ports return true if | |
5679 | // either one is set | |
5680 | return ::GetKeyState(vk) != 0; | |
35bbb0c6 | 5681 | |
fdec2c05 | 5682 | } |
d5c21b02 | 5683 | else // normal key |
84c51ddf | 5684 | { |
d5c21b02 | 5685 | return wxIsKeyDown(vk); |
84c51ddf | 5686 | } |
6ed892f3 RN |
5687 | } |
5688 | ||
7dd40b6f RD |
5689 | |
5690 | wxMouseState wxGetMouseState() | |
5691 | { | |
5692 | wxMouseState ms; | |
5693 | POINT pt; | |
5694 | GetCursorPos( &pt ); | |
5695 | ||
5696 | ms.SetX(pt.x); | |
5697 | ms.SetY(pt.y); | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5698 | ms.SetLeftDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_LBUTTON)); |
5699 | ms.SetMiddleDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_MBUTTON)); | |
5700 | ms.SetRightDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_RBUTTON)); | |
dd28827a | 5701 | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5702 | ms.SetControlDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_CONTROL)); |
5703 | ms.SetShiftDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_SHIFT)); | |
5704 | ms.SetAltDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_MENU)); | |
7dd40b6f | 5705 | // ms.SetMetaDown(); |
dd28827a | 5706 | |
7dd40b6f RD |
5707 | return ms; |
5708 | } | |
5709 | ||
5710 | ||
42e69d6b | 5711 | wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow() |
2bda0e17 | 5712 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
5713 | HWND hWnd = GetActiveWindow(); |
5714 | if ( hWnd != 0 ) | |
2d0a075d | 5715 | { |
42e69d6b | 5716 | return wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 5717 | } |
42e69d6b | 5718 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
5719 | } |
5720 | ||
8614c467 VZ |
5721 | extern wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hWnd) |
5722 | { | |
5723 | HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd; | |
5724 | ||
5725 | // For a radiobutton, we get the radiobox from GWL_USERDATA (which is set | |
5726 | // by code in msw/radiobox.cpp), for all the others we just search up the | |
5727 | // window hierarchy | |
5728 | wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
5729 | if ( hwnd ) | |
5730 | { | |
5731 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd); | |
5732 | if ( !win ) | |
5733 | { | |
a2242341 | 5734 | #if wxUSE_RADIOBOX |
8614c467 VZ |
5735 | // native radiobuttons return DLGC_RADIOBUTTON here and for any |
5736 | // wxWindow class which overrides WM_GETDLGCODE processing to | |
5737 | // do it as well, win would be already non NULL | |
a2242341 | 5738 | if ( ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_RADIOBUTTON ) |
8614c467 | 5739 | { |
975b6bcf | 5740 | win = (wxWindow *)wxGetWindowUserData(hwnd); |
8614c467 | 5741 | } |
a2242341 VZ |
5742 | //else: it's a wxRadioButton, not a radiobutton from wxRadioBox |
5743 | #endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX | |
5744 | ||
5745 | // spin control text buddy window should be mapped to spin ctrl | |
5746 | // itself so try it too | |
24ce4c18 | 5747 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
a2242341 VZ |
5748 | if ( !win ) |
5749 | { | |
5750 | win = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl((WXHWND)hwnd); | |
5751 | } | |
5752 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
8614c467 | 5753 | } |
8614c467 VZ |
5754 | } |
5755 | ||
5756 | while ( hwnd && !win ) | |
5757 | { | |
761989ff VZ |
5758 | // this is a really ugly hack needed to avoid mistakenly returning the |
5759 | // parent frame wxWindow for the find/replace modeless dialog HWND - | |
5760 | // this, in turn, is needed to call IsDialogMessage() from | |
5761 | // wxApp::ProcessMessage() as for this we must return NULL from here | |
5762 | // | |
5763 | // FIXME: this is clearly not the best way to do it but I think we'll | |
5764 | // need to change HWND <-> wxWindow code more heavily than I can | |
5765 | // do it now to fix it | |
c67d6888 | 5766 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
761989ff VZ |
5767 | if ( ::GetWindow(hwnd, GW_OWNER) ) |
5768 | { | |
5769 | // it's a dialog box, don't go upwards | |
5770 | break; | |
5771 | } | |
c67d6888 | 5772 | #endif |
761989ff | 5773 | |
8614c467 | 5774 | hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd); |
761989ff | 5775 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd); |
8614c467 VZ |
5776 | } |
5777 | ||
5778 | return win; | |
5779 | } | |
5780 | ||
7f0586ef | 5781 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
04ef50df | 5782 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5783 | // Windows keyboard hook. Allows interception of e.g. F1, ESCAPE |
5784 | // in active frames and dialogs, regardless of where the focus is. | |
5785 | static HHOOK wxTheKeyboardHook = 0; | |
5786 | static FARPROC wxTheKeyboardHookProc = 0; | |
5787 | int APIENTRY _EXPORT | |
5788 | wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam); | |
2bda0e17 | 5789 | |
42e69d6b | 5790 | void wxSetKeyboardHook(bool doIt) |
2bda0e17 | 5791 | { |
42e69d6b | 5792 | if ( doIt ) |
2d0a075d | 5793 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
5794 | wxTheKeyboardHookProc = MakeProcInstance((FARPROC) wxKeyboardHook, wxGetInstance()); |
5795 | wxTheKeyboardHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_KEYBOARD, (HOOKPROC) wxTheKeyboardHookProc, wxGetInstance(), | |
c7527e3f | 5796 | |
8614c467 | 5797 | GetCurrentThreadId() |
42e69d6b | 5798 | // (DWORD)GetCurrentProcess()); // This is another possibility. Which is right? |
8614c467 | 5799 | ); |
2d0a075d | 5800 | } |
2d0a075d | 5801 | else |
2d0a075d | 5802 | { |
42e69d6b | 5803 | UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook); |
2d0a075d | 5804 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
5805 | } |
5806 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5807 | int APIENTRY _EXPORT |
5808 | wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam) | |
2bda0e17 | 5809 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
5810 | DWORD hiWord = HIWORD(lParam); |
5811 | if ( nCode != HC_NOREMOVE && ((hiWord & KF_UP) == 0) ) | |
43d811ea | 5812 | { |
ff792344 | 5813 | int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam); |
32de7d24 | 5814 | if ( id != 0 ) |
43d811ea | 5815 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
5816 | wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK); |
5817 | if ( (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN ) | |
08158721 | 5818 | event.m_altDown = true; |
c085e333 | 5819 | |
687706f5 | 5820 | event.SetEventObject(NULL); |
42e69d6b | 5821 | event.m_keyCode = id; |
3f7bc32b VZ |
5822 | event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown(); |
5823 | event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown(); | |
f0b1ccde | 5824 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1bf77ee5 | 5825 | event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime()); |
f0b1ccde | 5826 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 5827 | wxWindow *win = wxGetActiveWindow(); |
32de7d24 | 5828 | wxEvtHandler *handler; |
42e69d6b VZ |
5829 | if ( win ) |
5830 | { | |
32de7d24 VZ |
5831 | handler = win->GetEventHandler(); |
5832 | event.SetId(win->GetId()); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5833 | } |
5834 | else | |
5835 | { | |
32de7d24 | 5836 | handler = wxTheApp; |
abb74e0f | 5837 | event.SetId(wxID_ANY); |
32de7d24 VZ |
5838 | } |
5839 | ||
5840 | if ( handler && handler->ProcessEvent(event) ) | |
5841 | { | |
5842 | // processed | |
5843 | return 1; | |
42e69d6b | 5844 | } |
43d811ea JS |
5845 | } |
5846 | } | |
32de7d24 | 5847 | |
42e69d6b | 5848 | return (int)CallNextHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook, nCode, wParam, lParam); |
4fabb575 | 5849 | } |
cd4453e5 VZ |
5850 | |
5851 | #endif // !__WXMICROWIN__ | |
4fabb575 | 5852 | |
b2aef89b | 5853 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ |
4a712ba3 | 5854 | const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message) |
47cbd6da | 5855 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
5856 | switch ( message ) |
5857 | { | |
4a712ba3 VZ |
5858 | case 0x0000: return wxT("WM_NULL"); |
5859 | case 0x0001: return wxT("WM_CREATE"); | |
5860 | case 0x0002: return wxT("WM_DESTROY"); | |
5861 | case 0x0003: return wxT("WM_MOVE"); | |
5862 | case 0x0005: return wxT("WM_SIZE"); | |
5863 | case 0x0006: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATE"); | |
5864 | case 0x0007: return wxT("WM_SETFOCUS"); | |
5865 | case 0x0008: return wxT("WM_KILLFOCUS"); | |
5866 | case 0x000A: return wxT("WM_ENABLE"); | |
5867 | case 0x000B: return wxT("WM_SETREDRAW"); | |
5868 | case 0x000C: return wxT("WM_SETTEXT"); | |
5869 | case 0x000D: return wxT("WM_GETTEXT"); | |
5870 | case 0x000E: return wxT("WM_GETTEXTLENGTH"); | |
5871 | case 0x000F: return wxT("WM_PAINT"); | |
5872 | case 0x0010: return wxT("WM_CLOSE"); | |
5873 | case 0x0011: return wxT("WM_QUERYENDSESSION"); | |
5874 | case 0x0012: return wxT("WM_QUIT"); | |
5875 | case 0x0013: return wxT("WM_QUERYOPEN"); | |
5876 | case 0x0014: return wxT("WM_ERASEBKGND"); | |
5877 | case 0x0015: return wxT("WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE"); | |
5878 | case 0x0016: return wxT("WM_ENDSESSION"); | |
5879 | case 0x0017: return wxT("WM_SYSTEMERROR"); | |
5880 | case 0x0018: return wxT("WM_SHOWWINDOW"); | |
5881 | case 0x0019: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLOR"); | |
5882 | case 0x001A: return wxT("WM_WININICHANGE"); | |
5883 | case 0x001B: return wxT("WM_DEVMODECHANGE"); | |
5884 | case 0x001C: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATEAPP"); | |
5885 | case 0x001D: return wxT("WM_FONTCHANGE"); | |
5886 | case 0x001E: return wxT("WM_TIMECHANGE"); | |
5887 | case 0x001F: return wxT("WM_CANCELMODE"); | |
5888 | case 0x0020: return wxT("WM_SETCURSOR"); | |
5889 | case 0x0021: return wxT("WM_MOUSEACTIVATE"); | |
5890 | case 0x0022: return wxT("WM_CHILDACTIVATE"); | |
5891 | case 0x0023: return wxT("WM_QUEUESYNC"); | |
5892 | case 0x0024: return wxT("WM_GETMINMAXINFO"); | |
5893 | case 0x0026: return wxT("WM_PAINTICON"); | |
5894 | case 0x0027: return wxT("WM_ICONERASEBKGND"); | |
5895 | case 0x0028: return wxT("WM_NEXTDLGCTL"); | |
5896 | case 0x002A: return wxT("WM_SPOOLERSTATUS"); | |
5897 | case 0x002B: return wxT("WM_DRAWITEM"); | |
5898 | case 0x002C: return wxT("WM_MEASUREITEM"); | |
5899 | case 0x002D: return wxT("WM_DELETEITEM"); | |
5900 | case 0x002E: return wxT("WM_VKEYTOITEM"); | |
5901 | case 0x002F: return wxT("WM_CHARTOITEM"); | |
5902 | case 0x0030: return wxT("WM_SETFONT"); | |
5903 | case 0x0031: return wxT("WM_GETFONT"); | |
5904 | case 0x0037: return wxT("WM_QUERYDRAGICON"); | |
5905 | case 0x0039: return wxT("WM_COMPAREITEM"); | |
5906 | case 0x0041: return wxT("WM_COMPACTING"); | |
5907 | case 0x0044: return wxT("WM_COMMNOTIFY"); | |
5908 | case 0x0046: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING"); | |
5909 | case 0x0047: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED"); | |
5910 | case 0x0048: return wxT("WM_POWER"); | |
5911 | ||
5912 | case 0x004A: return wxT("WM_COPYDATA"); | |
5913 | case 0x004B: return wxT("WM_CANCELJOURNAL"); | |
5914 | case 0x004E: return wxT("WM_NOTIFY"); | |
5915 | case 0x0050: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST"); | |
5916 | case 0x0051: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE"); | |
5917 | case 0x0052: return wxT("WM_TCARD"); | |
5918 | case 0x0053: return wxT("WM_HELP"); | |
5919 | case 0x0054: return wxT("WM_USERCHANGED"); | |
5920 | case 0x0055: return wxT("WM_NOTIFYFORMAT"); | |
5921 | case 0x007B: return wxT("WM_CONTEXTMENU"); | |
5922 | case 0x007C: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGING"); | |
5923 | case 0x007D: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGED"); | |
5924 | case 0x007E: return wxT("WM_DISPLAYCHANGE"); | |
5925 | case 0x007F: return wxT("WM_GETICON"); | |
5926 | case 0x0080: return wxT("WM_SETICON"); | |
5927 | ||
5928 | case 0x0081: return wxT("WM_NCCREATE"); | |
5929 | case 0x0082: return wxT("WM_NCDESTROY"); | |
5930 | case 0x0083: return wxT("WM_NCCALCSIZE"); | |
5931 | case 0x0084: return wxT("WM_NCHITTEST"); | |
5932 | case 0x0085: return wxT("WM_NCPAINT"); | |
5933 | case 0x0086: return wxT("WM_NCACTIVATE"); | |
5934 | case 0x0087: return wxT("WM_GETDLGCODE"); | |
5935 | case 0x00A0: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSEMOVE"); | |
5936 | case 0x00A1: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN"); | |
5937 | case 0x00A2: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONUP"); | |
5938 | case 0x00A3: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
5939 | case 0x00A4: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN"); | |
5940 | case 0x00A5: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONUP"); | |
5941 | case 0x00A6: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
5942 | case 0x00A7: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN"); | |
5943 | case 0x00A8: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONUP"); | |
5944 | case 0x00A9: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
5945 | case 0x0100: return wxT("WM_KEYDOWN"); | |
5946 | case 0x0101: return wxT("WM_KEYUP"); | |
5947 | case 0x0102: return wxT("WM_CHAR"); | |
5948 | case 0x0103: return wxT("WM_DEADCHAR"); | |
5949 | case 0x0104: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYDOWN"); | |
5950 | case 0x0105: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYUP"); | |
5951 | case 0x0106: return wxT("WM_SYSCHAR"); | |
5952 | case 0x0107: return wxT("WM_SYSDEADCHAR"); | |
5953 | case 0x0108: return wxT("WM_KEYLAST"); | |
5954 | ||
5955 | case 0x010D: return wxT("WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION"); | |
5956 | case 0x010E: return wxT("WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION"); | |
5957 | case 0x010F: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITION"); | |
5958 | ||
5959 | case 0x0110: return wxT("WM_INITDIALOG"); | |
5960 | case 0x0111: return wxT("WM_COMMAND"); | |
5961 | case 0x0112: return wxT("WM_SYSCOMMAND"); | |
5962 | case 0x0113: return wxT("WM_TIMER"); | |
5963 | case 0x0114: return wxT("WM_HSCROLL"); | |
5964 | case 0x0115: return wxT("WM_VSCROLL"); | |
5965 | case 0x0116: return wxT("WM_INITMENU"); | |
5966 | case 0x0117: return wxT("WM_INITMENUPOPUP"); | |
5967 | case 0x011F: return wxT("WM_MENUSELECT"); | |
5968 | case 0x0120: return wxT("WM_MENUCHAR"); | |
5969 | case 0x0121: return wxT("WM_ENTERIDLE"); | |
5970 | case 0x0200: return wxT("WM_MOUSEMOVE"); | |
5971 | case 0x0201: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDOWN"); | |
5972 | case 0x0202: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONUP"); | |
5973 | case 0x0203: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
5974 | case 0x0204: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDOWN"); | |
5975 | case 0x0205: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONUP"); | |
5976 | case 0x0206: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
5977 | case 0x0207: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDOWN"); | |
5978 | case 0x0208: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONUP"); | |
5979 | case 0x0209: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
5980 | case 0x020A: return wxT("WM_MOUSEWHEEL"); | |
5981 | case 0x0210: return wxT("WM_PARENTNOTIFY"); | |
5982 | case 0x0211: return wxT("WM_ENTERMENULOOP"); | |
5983 | case 0x0212: return wxT("WM_EXITMENULOOP"); | |
5984 | ||
5985 | case 0x0213: return wxT("WM_NEXTMENU"); | |
5986 | case 0x0214: return wxT("WM_SIZING"); | |
5987 | case 0x0215: return wxT("WM_CAPTURECHANGED"); | |
5988 | case 0x0216: return wxT("WM_MOVING"); | |
5989 | case 0x0218: return wxT("WM_POWERBROADCAST"); | |
5990 | case 0x0219: return wxT("WM_DEVICECHANGE"); | |
5991 | ||
5992 | case 0x0220: return wxT("WM_MDICREATE"); | |
5993 | case 0x0221: return wxT("WM_MDIDESTROY"); | |
5994 | case 0x0222: return wxT("WM_MDIACTIVATE"); | |
5995 | case 0x0223: return wxT("WM_MDIRESTORE"); | |
5996 | case 0x0224: return wxT("WM_MDINEXT"); | |
5997 | case 0x0225: return wxT("WM_MDIMAXIMIZE"); | |
5998 | case 0x0226: return wxT("WM_MDITILE"); | |
5999 | case 0x0227: return wxT("WM_MDICASCADE"); | |
6000 | case 0x0228: return wxT("WM_MDIICONARRANGE"); | |
6001 | case 0x0229: return wxT("WM_MDIGETACTIVE"); | |
6002 | case 0x0230: return wxT("WM_MDISETMENU"); | |
6003 | case 0x0233: return wxT("WM_DROPFILES"); | |
6004 | ||
6005 | case 0x0281: return wxT("WM_IME_SETCONTEXT"); | |
6006 | case 0x0282: return wxT("WM_IME_NOTIFY"); | |
6007 | case 0x0283: return wxT("WM_IME_CONTROL"); | |
6008 | case 0x0284: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL"); | |
6009 | case 0x0285: return wxT("WM_IME_SELECT"); | |
6010 | case 0x0286: return wxT("WM_IME_CHAR"); | |
6011 | case 0x0290: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYDOWN"); | |
6012 | case 0x0291: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYUP"); | |
6013 | ||
6014 | case 0x0300: return wxT("WM_CUT"); | |
6015 | case 0x0301: return wxT("WM_COPY"); | |
6016 | case 0x0302: return wxT("WM_PASTE"); | |
6017 | case 0x0303: return wxT("WM_CLEAR"); | |
6018 | case 0x0304: return wxT("WM_UNDO"); | |
6019 | case 0x0305: return wxT("WM_RENDERFORMAT"); | |
6020 | case 0x0306: return wxT("WM_RENDERALLFORMATS"); | |
6021 | case 0x0307: return wxT("WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD"); | |
6022 | case 0x0308: return wxT("WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD"); | |
6023 | case 0x0309: return wxT("WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD"); | |
6024 | case 0x030A: return wxT("WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD"); | |
6025 | case 0x030B: return wxT("WM_SIZECLIPBOARD"); | |
6026 | case 0x030C: return wxT("WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME"); | |
6027 | case 0x030D: return wxT("WM_CHANGECBCHAIN"); | |
6028 | case 0x030E: return wxT("WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD"); | |
6029 | case 0x030F: return wxT("WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE"); | |
6030 | case 0x0310: return wxT("WM_PALETTEISCHANGING"); | |
6031 | case 0x0311: return wxT("WM_PALETTECHANGED"); | |
5048c832 | 6032 | #if wxUSE_HOTKEY |
4a712ba3 | 6033 | case 0x0312: return wxT("WM_HOTKEY"); |
5048c832 | 6034 | #endif |
c085e333 | 6035 | |
2d0a075d JS |
6036 | // common controls messages - although they're not strictly speaking |
6037 | // standard, it's nice to decode them nevertheless | |
a02eb1d2 | 6038 | |
2d0a075d | 6039 | // listview |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6040 | case 0x1000 + 0: return wxT("LVM_GETBKCOLOR"); |
6041 | case 0x1000 + 1: return wxT("LVM_SETBKCOLOR"); | |
6042 | case 0x1000 + 2: return wxT("LVM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
6043 | case 0x1000 + 3: return wxT("LVM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6044 | case 0x1000 + 4: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMCOUNT"); | |
6045 | case 0x1000 + 5: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMA"); | |
6046 | case 0x1000 + 75: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMW"); | |
6047 | case 0x1000 + 6: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMA"); | |
6048 | case 0x1000 + 76: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMW"); | |
6049 | case 0x1000 + 7: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
6050 | case 0x1000 + 77: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6051 | case 0x1000 + 8: return wxT("LVM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6052 | case 0x1000 + 9: return wxT("LVM_DELETEALLITEMS"); | |
6053 | case 0x1000 + 10: return wxT("LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK"); | |
6054 | case 0x1000 + 11: return wxT("LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK"); | |
6055 | case 0x1000 + 12: return wxT("LVM_GETNEXTITEM"); | |
6056 | case 0x1000 + 13: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMA"); | |
6057 | case 0x1000 + 83: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMW"); | |
6058 | case 0x1000 + 14: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6059 | case 0x1000 + 15: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION"); | |
6060 | case 0x1000 + 16: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMPOSITION"); | |
6061 | case 0x1000 + 17: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA"); | |
6062 | case 0x1000 + 87: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW"); | |
6063 | case 0x1000 + 18: return wxT("LVM_HITTEST"); | |
6064 | case 0x1000 + 19: return wxT("LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE"); | |
6065 | case 0x1000 + 20: return wxT("LVM_SCROLL"); | |
6066 | case 0x1000 + 21: return wxT("LVM_REDRAWITEMS"); | |
6067 | case 0x1000 + 22: return wxT("LVM_ARRANGE"); | |
6068 | case 0x1000 + 23: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELA"); | |
6069 | case 0x1000 + 118: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELW"); | |
6070 | case 0x1000 + 24: return wxT("LVM_GETEDITCONTROL"); | |
6071 | case 0x1000 + 25: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNA"); | |
6072 | case 0x1000 + 95: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNW"); | |
6073 | case 0x1000 + 26: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNA"); | |
6074 | case 0x1000 + 96: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNW"); | |
6075 | case 0x1000 + 27: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA"); | |
6076 | case 0x1000 + 97: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW"); | |
6077 | case 0x1000 + 28: return wxT("LVM_DELETECOLUMN"); | |
6078 | case 0x1000 + 29: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH"); | |
6079 | case 0x1000 + 30: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH"); | |
6080 | case 0x1000 + 31: return wxT("LVM_GETHEADER"); | |
6081 | case 0x1000 + 33: return wxT("LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
6082 | case 0x1000 + 34: return wxT("LVM_GETVIEWRECT"); | |
6083 | case 0x1000 + 35: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR"); | |
6084 | case 0x1000 + 36: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR"); | |
6085 | case 0x1000 + 37: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR"); | |
6086 | case 0x1000 + 38: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR"); | |
6087 | case 0x1000 + 39: return wxT("LVM_GETTOPINDEX"); | |
6088 | case 0x1000 + 40: return wxT("LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE"); | |
6089 | case 0x1000 + 41: return wxT("LVM_GETORIGIN"); | |
6090 | case 0x1000 + 42: return wxT("LVM_UPDATE"); | |
6091 | case 0x1000 + 43: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMSTATE"); | |
6092 | case 0x1000 + 44: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSTATE"); | |
6093 | case 0x1000 + 45: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTA"); | |
6094 | case 0x1000 + 115: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTW"); | |
6095 | case 0x1000 + 46: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTA"); | |
6096 | case 0x1000 + 116: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTW"); | |
6097 | case 0x1000 + 47: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMCOUNT"); | |
6098 | case 0x1000 + 48: return wxT("LVM_SORTITEMS"); | |
6099 | case 0x1000 + 49: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32"); | |
6100 | case 0x1000 + 50: return wxT("LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT"); | |
6101 | case 0x1000 + 51: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSPACING"); | |
6102 | case 0x1000 + 52: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA"); | |
6103 | case 0x1000 + 117: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW"); | |
6104 | case 0x1000 + 53: return wxT("LVM_SETICONSPACING"); | |
6105 | case 0x1000 + 54: return wxT("LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE"); | |
6106 | case 0x1000 + 55: return wxT("LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE"); | |
6107 | case 0x1000 + 56: return wxT("LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT"); | |
6108 | case 0x1000 + 57: return wxT("LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST"); | |
6109 | case 0x1000 + 58: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY"); | |
6110 | case 0x1000 + 59: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY"); | |
6111 | case 0x1000 + 60: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTITEM"); | |
6112 | case 0x1000 + 61: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTITEM"); | |
6113 | case 0x1000 + 62: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTCURSOR"); | |
6114 | case 0x1000 + 63: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTCURSOR"); | |
6115 | case 0x1000 + 64: return wxT("LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT"); | |
6116 | case 0x1000 + 65: return wxT("LVM_SETWORKAREA"); | |
c085e333 | 6117 | |
2d0a075d | 6118 | // tree view |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6119 | case 0x1100 + 0: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMA"); |
6120 | case 0x1100 + 50: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6121 | case 0x1100 + 1: return wxT("TVM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6122 | case 0x1100 + 2: return wxT("TVM_EXPAND"); | |
6123 | case 0x1100 + 4: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6124 | case 0x1100 + 5: return wxT("TVM_GETCOUNT"); | |
6125 | case 0x1100 + 6: return wxT("TVM_GETINDENT"); | |
6126 | case 0x1100 + 7: return wxT("TVM_SETINDENT"); | |
6127 | case 0x1100 + 8: return wxT("TVM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
6128 | case 0x1100 + 9: return wxT("TVM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6129 | case 0x1100 + 10: return wxT("TVM_GETNEXTITEM"); | |
6130 | case 0x1100 + 11: return wxT("TVM_SELECTITEM"); | |
6131 | case 0x1100 + 12: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMA"); | |
6132 | case 0x1100 + 62: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMW"); | |
6133 | case 0x1100 + 13: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMA"); | |
6134 | case 0x1100 + 63: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMW"); | |
6135 | case 0x1100 + 14: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELA"); | |
6136 | case 0x1100 + 65: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELW"); | |
6137 | case 0x1100 + 15: return wxT("TVM_GETEDITCONTROL"); | |
6138 | case 0x1100 + 16: return wxT("TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT"); | |
6139 | case 0x1100 + 17: return wxT("TVM_HITTEST"); | |
6140 | case 0x1100 + 18: return wxT("TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
6141 | case 0x1100 + 19: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDREN"); | |
6142 | case 0x1100 + 20: return wxT("TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE"); | |
6143 | case 0x1100 + 21: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB"); | |
6144 | case 0x1100 + 22: return wxT("TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW"); | |
6145 | case 0x1100 + 23: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA"); | |
6146 | case 0x1100 + 64: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW"); | |
6147 | case 0x1100 + 24: return wxT("TVM_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6148 | case 0x1100 + 25: return wxT("TVM_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
c085e333 | 6149 | |
2d0a075d | 6150 | // header |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6151 | case 0x1200 + 0: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMCOUNT"); |
6152 | case 0x1200 + 1: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
6153 | case 0x1200 + 10: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6154 | case 0x1200 + 2: return wxT("HDM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6155 | case 0x1200 + 3: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMA"); | |
6156 | case 0x1200 + 11: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMW"); | |
6157 | case 0x1200 + 4: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMA"); | |
6158 | case 0x1200 + 12: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMW"); | |
6159 | case 0x1200 + 5: return wxT("HDM_LAYOUT"); | |
6160 | case 0x1200 + 6: return wxT("HDM_HITTEST"); | |
6161 | case 0x1200 + 7: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6162 | case 0x1200 + 8: return wxT("HDM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6163 | case 0x1200 + 9: return wxT("HDM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
6164 | case 0x1200 + 15: return wxT("HDM_ORDERTOINDEX"); | |
6165 | case 0x1200 + 16: return wxT("HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
6166 | case 0x1200 + 17: return wxT("HDM_GETORDERARRAY"); | |
6167 | case 0x1200 + 18: return wxT("HDM_SETORDERARRAY"); | |
6168 | case 0x1200 + 19: return wxT("HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER"); | |
c085e333 | 6169 | |
2d0a075d | 6170 | // tab control |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6171 | case 0x1300 + 2: return wxT("TCM_GETIMAGELIST"); |
6172 | case 0x1300 + 3: return wxT("TCM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6173 | case 0x1300 + 4: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMCOUNT"); | |
6174 | case 0x1300 + 5: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMA"); | |
6175 | case 0x1300 + 60: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMW"); | |
6176 | case 0x1300 + 6: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMA"); | |
6177 | case 0x1300 + 61: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMW"); | |
6178 | case 0x1300 + 7: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
6179 | case 0x1300 + 62: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6180 | case 0x1300 + 8: return wxT("TCM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6181 | case 0x1300 + 9: return wxT("TCM_DELETEALLITEMS"); | |
6182 | case 0x1300 + 10: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6183 | case 0x1300 + 11: return wxT("TCM_GETCURSEL"); | |
6184 | case 0x1300 + 12: return wxT("TCM_SETCURSEL"); | |
6185 | case 0x1300 + 13: return wxT("TCM_HITTEST"); | |
6186 | case 0x1300 + 14: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMEXTRA"); | |
6187 | case 0x1300 + 40: return wxT("TCM_ADJUSTRECT"); | |
6188 | case 0x1300 + 41: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMSIZE"); | |
6189 | case 0x1300 + 42: return wxT("TCM_REMOVEIMAGE"); | |
6190 | case 0x1300 + 43: return wxT("TCM_SETPADDING"); | |
6191 | case 0x1300 + 44: return wxT("TCM_GETROWCOUNT"); | |
6192 | case 0x1300 + 45: return wxT("TCM_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6193 | case 0x1300 + 46: return wxT("TCM_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6194 | case 0x1300 + 47: return wxT("TCM_GETCURFOCUS"); | |
6195 | case 0x1300 + 48: return wxT("TCM_SETCURFOCUS"); | |
6196 | case 0x1300 + 49: return wxT("TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH"); | |
6197 | case 0x1300 + 50: return wxT("TCM_DESELECTALL"); | |
c085e333 | 6198 | |
2d0a075d | 6199 | // toolbar |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6200 | case WM_USER+1: return wxT("TB_ENABLEBUTTON"); |
6201 | case WM_USER+2: return wxT("TB_CHECKBUTTON"); | |
6202 | case WM_USER+3: return wxT("TB_PRESSBUTTON"); | |
6203 | case WM_USER+4: return wxT("TB_HIDEBUTTON"); | |
6204 | case WM_USER+5: return wxT("TB_INDETERMINATE"); | |
6205 | case WM_USER+9: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONENABLED"); | |
6206 | case WM_USER+10: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED"); | |
6207 | case WM_USER+11: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED"); | |
6208 | case WM_USER+12: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN"); | |
6209 | case WM_USER+13: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE"); | |
6210 | case WM_USER+17: return wxT("TB_SETSTATE"); | |
6211 | case WM_USER+18: return wxT("TB_GETSTATE"); | |
6212 | case WM_USER+19: return wxT("TB_ADDBITMAP"); | |
6213 | case WM_USER+20: return wxT("TB_ADDBUTTONS"); | |
6214 | case WM_USER+21: return wxT("TB_INSERTBUTTON"); | |
6215 | case WM_USER+22: return wxT("TB_DELETEBUTTON"); | |
6216 | case WM_USER+23: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTON"); | |
6217 | case WM_USER+24: return wxT("TB_BUTTONCOUNT"); | |
6218 | case WM_USER+25: return wxT("TB_COMMANDTOINDEX"); | |
6219 | case WM_USER+26: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREA"); | |
6220 | case WM_USER+76: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREW"); | |
6221 | case WM_USER+27: return wxT("TB_CUSTOMIZE"); | |
6222 | case WM_USER+28: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGA"); | |
6223 | case WM_USER+77: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGW"); | |
6224 | case WM_USER+29: return wxT("TB_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6225 | case WM_USER+30: return wxT("TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE"); | |
6226 | case WM_USER+31: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONSIZE"); | |
6227 | case WM_USER+32: return wxT("TB_SETBITMAPSIZE"); | |
6228 | case WM_USER+33: return wxT("TB_AUTOSIZE"); | |
6229 | case WM_USER+35: return wxT("TB_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6230 | case WM_USER+36: return wxT("TB_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6231 | case WM_USER+37: return wxT("TB_SETPARENT"); | |
6232 | case WM_USER+39: return wxT("TB_SETROWS"); | |
6233 | case WM_USER+40: return wxT("TB_GETROWS"); | |
6234 | case WM_USER+42: return wxT("TB_SETCMDID"); | |
6235 | case WM_USER+43: return wxT("TB_CHANGEBITMAP"); | |
6236 | case WM_USER+44: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAP"); | |
6237 | case WM_USER+45: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA"); | |
6238 | case WM_USER+75: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW"); | |
6239 | case WM_USER+46: return wxT("TB_REPLACEBITMAP"); | |
6240 | case WM_USER+47: return wxT("TB_SETINDENT"); | |
6241 | case WM_USER+48: return wxT("TB_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6242 | case WM_USER+49: return wxT("TB_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
6243 | case WM_USER+50: return wxT("TB_LOADIMAGES"); | |
6244 | case WM_USER+51: return wxT("TB_GETRECT"); | |
6245 | case WM_USER+52: return wxT("TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST"); | |
6246 | case WM_USER+53: return wxT("TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST"); | |
6247 | case WM_USER+54: return wxT("TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST"); | |
6248 | case WM_USER+55: return wxT("TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST"); | |
6249 | case WM_USER+56: return wxT("TB_SETSTYLE"); | |
6250 | case WM_USER+57: return wxT("TB_GETSTYLE"); | |
6251 | case WM_USER+58: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONSIZE"); | |
6252 | case WM_USER+59: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH"); | |
6253 | case WM_USER+60: return wxT("TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS"); | |
6254 | case WM_USER+61: return wxT("TB_GETTEXTROWS"); | |
6255 | case WM_USER+41: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS"); | |
c085e333 | 6256 | |
42e69d6b | 6257 | default: |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6258 | static wxString s_szBuf; |
6259 | s_szBuf.Printf(wxT("<unknown message = %d>"), message); | |
6260 | return s_szBuf.c_str(); | |
42e69d6b | 6261 | } |
47cbd6da | 6262 | } |
ea57084d | 6263 | #endif //__WXDEBUG__ |
4aff28fc | 6264 | |
1e6feb95 | 6265 | static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win) |
f6bcfd97 BP |
6266 | { |
6267 | // prepare the DC | |
6268 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
6269 | HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win); | |
6270 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC(hwnd); | |
6271 | ||
6272 | #if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
6273 | // and select the current font into it | |
6274 | HFONT hfont = GetHfontOf(win->GetFont()); | |
6275 | if ( hfont ) | |
6276 | { | |
6277 | hfont = (HFONT)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont); | |
6278 | } | |
6279 | #endif | |
6280 | ||
6281 | // finally retrieve the text metrics from it | |
6282 | GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); | |
6283 | ||
6284 | #if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
6285 | // and clean up | |
6286 | if ( hfont ) | |
6287 | { | |
6288 | (void)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont); | |
6289 | } | |
6290 | #endif | |
6291 | ||
6292 | ::ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc); | |
6293 | ||
6294 | return tm; | |
6295 | } | |
3723b7b1 JS |
6296 | |
6297 | // Find the wxWindow at the current mouse position, returning the mouse | |
6298 | // position. | |
2b5f62a0 | 6299 | wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPointer(wxPoint& pt) |
3723b7b1 | 6300 | { |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
6301 | pt = wxGetMousePosition(); |
6302 | return wxFindWindowAtPoint(pt); | |
57591e0e JS |
6303 | } |
6304 | ||
6305 | wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt) | |
6306 | { | |
6307 | POINT pt2; | |
6308 | pt2.x = pt.x; | |
6309 | pt2.y = pt.y; | |
3723b7b1 | 6310 | |
ab3eae34 | 6311 | HWND hWnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt2); |
3723b7b1 | 6312 | |
ab3eae34 | 6313 | return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
3723b7b1 JS |
6314 | } |
6315 | ||
6316 | // Get the current mouse position. | |
6317 | wxPoint wxGetMousePosition() | |
6318 | { | |
1772ead0 | 6319 | POINT pt; |
f2325516 JS |
6320 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
6321 | GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt); | |
6322 | #else | |
1772ead0 | 6323 | GetCursorPos( & pt ); |
f2325516 | 6324 | #endif |
5cd16c0c | 6325 | |
1772ead0 | 6326 | return wxPoint(pt.x, pt.y); |
3723b7b1 JS |
6327 | } |
6328 | ||
5048c832 | 6329 | #if wxUSE_HOTKEY |
540b6b09 | 6330 | |
afafd942 JS |
6331 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
6332 | static void WinCEUnregisterHotKey(int modifiers, int id) | |
6333 | { | |
6334 | // Register hotkeys for the hardware buttons | |
6335 | HINSTANCE hCoreDll; | |
6336 | typedef BOOL (WINAPI *UnregisterFunc1Proc)(UINT, UINT); | |
6337 | ||
6338 | UnregisterFunc1Proc procUnregisterFunc; | |
6339 | hCoreDll = LoadLibrary(_T("coredll.dll")); | |
6340 | if (hCoreDll) | |
6341 | { | |
6342 | procUnregisterFunc = (UnregisterFunc1Proc)GetProcAddress(hCoreDll, _T("UnregisterFunc1")); | |
6343 | if (procUnregisterFunc) | |
6344 | procUnregisterFunc(modifiers, id); | |
6345 | FreeLibrary(hCoreDll); | |
6346 | } | |
6347 | } | |
6348 | #endif | |
6349 | ||
540b6b09 | 6350 | bool wxWindowMSW::RegisterHotKey(int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) |
5048c832 JS |
6351 | { |
6352 | UINT win_modifiers=0; | |
540b6b09 VZ |
6353 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_ALT ) |
6354 | win_modifiers |= MOD_ALT; | |
6355 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_SHIFT ) | |
6356 | win_modifiers |= MOD_SHIFT; | |
6357 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_CONTROL ) | |
6358 | win_modifiers |= MOD_CONTROL; | |
6359 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_WIN ) | |
6360 | win_modifiers |= MOD_WIN; | |
6361 | ||
afafd942 JS |
6362 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
6363 | // Required for PPC and Smartphone hardware buttons | |
6364 | if (keycode >= WXK_SPECIAL1 && keycode <= WXK_SPECIAL20) | |
6365 | WinCEUnregisterHotKey(win_modifiers, hotkeyId); | |
6366 | #endif | |
6367 | ||
540b6b09 VZ |
6368 | if ( !::RegisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId, win_modifiers, keycode) ) |
6369 | { | |
6370 | wxLogLastError(_T("RegisterHotKey")); | |
5048c832 | 6371 | |
08158721 | 6372 | return false; |
540b6b09 VZ |
6373 | } |
6374 | ||
08158721 | 6375 | return true; |
5048c832 JS |
6376 | } |
6377 | ||
6378 | bool wxWindowMSW::UnregisterHotKey(int hotkeyId) | |
6379 | { | |
afafd942 JS |
6380 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
6381 | WinCEUnregisterHotKey(MOD_WIN, hotkeyId); | |
6382 | #endif | |
6383 | ||
540b6b09 VZ |
6384 | if ( !::UnregisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId) ) |
6385 | { | |
6386 | wxLogLastError(_T("UnregisterHotKey")); | |
6387 | ||
08158721 | 6388 | return false; |
540b6b09 VZ |
6389 | } |
6390 | ||
08158721 | 6391 | return true; |
5048c832 JS |
6392 | } |
6393 | ||
0b4f47a3 DS |
6394 | #if wxUSE_ACCEL |
6395 | ||
5048c832 JS |
6396 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleHotKey(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
6397 | { | |
540b6b09 VZ |
6398 | int hotkeyId = wParam; |
6399 | int virtualKey = HIWORD(lParam); | |
6400 | int win_modifiers = LOWORD(lParam); | |
6401 | ||
5048c832 JS |
6402 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_HOTKEY, virtualKey, wParam, lParam)); |
6403 | event.SetId(hotkeyId); | |
6404 | event.m_shiftDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_SHIFT) != 0; | |
6405 | event.m_controlDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_CONTROL) != 0; | |
6406 | event.m_altDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_ALT) != 0; | |
6407 | event.m_metaDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_WIN) != 0; | |
540b6b09 VZ |
6408 | |
6409 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
5048c832 | 6410 | } |
540b6b09 | 6411 | |
0b4f47a3 DS |
6412 | #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL |
6413 | ||
540b6b09 | 6414 | #endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY |
5048c832 | 6415 | |
550049c2 | 6416 | // Not tested under WinCE |
d79df32c | 6417 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
d79df32c | 6418 | |
550049c2 VZ |
6419 | // this class installs a message hook which really wakes up our idle processing |
6420 | // each time a WM_NULL is received (wxWakeUpIdle does this), even if we're | |
6421 | // sitting inside a local modal loop (e.g. a menu is opened or scrollbar is | |
6422 | // being dragged or even inside ::MessageBox()) and so don't control message | |
6423 | // dispatching otherwise | |
6424 | class wxIdleWakeUpModule : public wxModule | |
6425 | { | |
d79df32c | 6426 | public: |
3a3c8603 | 6427 | virtual bool OnInit() |
550049c2 | 6428 | { |
3a3c8603 | 6429 | ms_hMsgHookProc = ::SetWindowsHookEx |
550049c2 VZ |
6430 | ( |
6431 | WH_GETMESSAGE, | |
6432 | &wxIdleWakeUpModule::MsgHookProc, | |
6433 | NULL, | |
6434 | GetCurrentThreadId() | |
6435 | ); | |
d79df32c | 6436 | |
550049c2 VZ |
6437 | if ( !ms_hMsgHookProc ) |
6438 | { | |
6439 | wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowsHookEx(WH_GETMESSAGE)")); | |
6440 | ||
6441 | return false; | |
6442 | } | |
6443 | ||
6444 | return true; | |
3a3c8603 | 6445 | } |
550049c2 | 6446 | |
3a3c8603 | 6447 | virtual void OnExit() |
550049c2 | 6448 | { |
3a3c8603 DS |
6449 | ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc); |
6450 | } | |
550049c2 | 6451 | |
3a3c8603 | 6452 | static LRESULT CALLBACK MsgHookProc(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) |
550049c2 | 6453 | { |
3a3c8603 | 6454 | MSG *msg = (MSG*)lParam; |
34ea3c74 VZ |
6455 | |
6456 | // only process the message if it is actually going to be removed from | |
6457 | // the message queue, this prevents that the same event from being | |
6458 | // processed multiple times if now someone just called PeekMessage() | |
6459 | if ( msg->message == WM_NULL && wParam == PM_REMOVE ) | |
3a3c8603 | 6460 | { |
550049c2 | 6461 | wxTheApp->ProcessPendingEvents(); |
3a3c8603 | 6462 | } |
550049c2 | 6463 | |
3a3c8603 DS |
6464 | return CallNextHookEx(ms_hMsgHookProc, nCode, wParam, lParam); |
6465 | }; | |
550049c2 | 6466 | |
d79df32c | 6467 | private: |
3a3c8603 | 6468 | static HHOOK ms_hMsgHookProc; |
550049c2 VZ |
6469 | |
6470 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule) | |
d79df32c | 6471 | }; |
d79df32c | 6472 | |
550049c2 VZ |
6473 | HHOOK wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc = 0; |
6474 | ||
6475 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule, wxModule) | |
6476 | ||
6477 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
3a3c8603 | 6478 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
6479 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
6480 | ||
6481 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
6482 | static void wxAdjustZOrder(wxWindow* parent) | |
6483 | { | |
6484 | if (parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxStaticBox))) | |
6485 | { | |
6486 | // Set the z-order correctly | |
6487 | SetWindowPos((HWND) parent->GetHWND(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE); | |
6488 | } | |
35bbb0c6 | 6489 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
6490 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
6491 | while (current) | |
6492 | { | |
6493 | wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData(); | |
6494 | wxAdjustZOrder(childWin); | |
6495 | current = current->GetNext(); | |
6496 | } | |
6497 | } | |
6498 | #endif | |
6499 | ||
6500 | // We need to adjust the z-order of static boxes in WinCE, to | |
6501 | // make 'contained' controls visible | |
6502 | void wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog( wxInitDialogEvent& event ) | |
6503 | { | |
6504 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
6505 | wxAdjustZOrder(this); | |
6506 | #endif | |
35bbb0c6 | 6507 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
6508 | event.Skip(); |
6509 | } | |
6510 | #endif |